Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes

Transcription

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
5.3 Release Notes
Release Notes für alle Architekturen.
Ausgabe 3
Ryan Lerch
Release Notes für alle Architekturen.
Ausgabe 3
Ryan Lerch
Red Hat Engineering Co ntent Services
[email protected] m
Rechtlicher Hinweis
Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc..
T his document is licensed by Red Hat under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported
License. If you distribute this document, or a modified version of it, you must provide attribution to Red
Hat, Inc. and provide a link to the original. If the document is modified, all Red Hat trademarks must be
removed.
Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and agrees not to assert, Section
4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, Fedora, the Infinity Logo,
and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
Linux ® is the registered trademark of Linus T orvalds in the United States and other countries.
Java ® is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
XFS ® is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States
and/or other countries.
MySQL ® is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the European Union and other
countries.
Node.js ® is an official trademark of Joyent. Red Hat Software Collections is not formally related to or
endorsed by the official Joyent Node.js open source or commercial project.
T he OpenStack ® Word Mark and OpenStack Logo are either registered trademarks/service marks or
trademarks/service marks of the OpenStack Foundation, in the United States and other countries and
are used with the OpenStack Foundation's permission. We are not affiliated with, endorsed or
sponsored by the OpenStack Foundation, or the OpenStack community.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Z usammenfassung
Dieses Dokument enthält die Release Notes für Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Inhaltsverzeichnis
. . .Release
1.
. . . . . . . . .Notes
. . . . . . Updates
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . .
1.1. Feature Updates
3
1.2. Resolved Issues
6
1.3. Driver Updates
6
1.4. Virtualization
7
1.5. Known Issues
7
1.6. T echnology Previews
9
. . .Installation-Related
2.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
............
2.1. All Architectures
10
2.2. PowerPC Architectures
12
2.3. s390x Architectures
12
2.4. ia64 Architecture
12
. . .Feature
3.
. . . . . . . . Updates
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
...........
. ...Driver
4
. . . . . . .Updates
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
............
20
. . .Kernel-Related
5.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
...........
23
5.2. x86 Architectures
24
25
5.4. x86_64 Architectures
25
25
26
. . .Virtualization
6.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
............
26
27
6.2.1. All Architectures
27
6.2.2. x86 Architectures
28
6.2.3. ia64 Architecture
28
6.2.4. x86_64 Architectures
28
6.3. Known Issues
28
28
29
29
30
. . .T. echnology
7.
. . . . . . . . . . . Previews
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
...........
. . .Resolved
8.
. . . . . . . . . .Issues
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
............
34
37
37
37
. . .Known
9.
. . . . . . . Issues
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
...........
38
44
45
45
46
1
46
47
. . . . Added
10.
. . . . . . . Packages
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. .7. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . Dropped
11.
. . . . . . . . . .Packages
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
...........
. . . . Updated
12.
. . . . . . . . . Packages
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
............
. . . .Configuration
13.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Changes
. . . . . . . . . From
. . . . . . Previous
. . . . . . . . . .Release
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
.............
. . .Änderungsverzeichnis
A.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
.............
2
1. Release Notes Updates
T his section contains information about Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 that did not make it into the
Release Notes included in the distribution.
Audit Aktualisierung
T he audit packages contain user-space utilities for storing and searching the audit records
generated by the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel.
T hese updated packages upgrade the auditd daemon and its utilities to the newer upstream
version 1.7.7, which provides the following enhancements over the previous version:
the auditctl program, which is used to control the behavior of the audit subsystem, now
supports multiple keys in the audit rules.
a new utility, ausyscall, which is used to cross-reference syscall name and number
information, is now provided in these updated packages.
the aureport program has been enhanced to provide reports about keys it sees in audit
events.
event log parsing for the ausearch and aureport programs has been improved.
a sample ST IG rules file, named "stig.rules", is newly provided in these updated packages.
T his file contains the auditctl rules which are loaded whenever the audit daemon is started
by init scripts.
In addition to the listed enhancements, these updated audit packages also include a new
feature to allow a server to aggregate the logs of remote systems. T he following instructions
can be followed to enable this feature:
1. T he audispd-plugins package should be installed on all clients (but need not be installed
on the server), and the parameters for "remote_server" and "port" should be set in the
/etc/audisp/audisp-remote.conf configuration file.
2. On the server, which aggregates the logs, the "tcp_listen_port" parameter in the
/etc/audit/auditd.conf file must be set to the same port number as the clients.
3. Because the auditd daemon is protected by SELinux, semanage (the SELinux policy
management tool) must also have the same port listed in its database. If the server and
client machines had all been configured to use port 1000, for example, then running this
command would accomplish this:
semanage port -a -t audit_port_t -p tcp 1000
4. T he final step in configuring remote log aggregation is to edit the /etc/hosts.allow
configuration file to inform tcp_wrappers which machines or subnets the auditd daemon
should allow connections from.
wpa_supplicant re-base
wpa_supplicant has been re-based to the latest upstream stable version 0.5.10 and include
backported fixes for a number of issues that may affect users of wireless drivers that depend
on the kernel's mac80211 wireless stack. Specific fixes and enhancements include:
Support for a D-Bus control interface has been added. D-Bus is a popular lightweight InterProcess Communication mechanism, and the addition of this control interface to
3
Process Communication mechanism, and the addition of this control interface to
wpa_supplicant allows applications (like NetworkManager) to more reliably control the
supplicant.
Cisco Aironet 340/350 wireless cards were not able to successfully connect to 802.1xenabled wireless networks, often used in security sensitive organizations. During the
connection process at the 4-Way WPA handshake stage, sending encryption keys to the
driver would clear the wireless card firmware's authentication state. With this update, the
supplicant uses an alternate method of supplying encryption keys to the kernel driver,
allowing authentication state to be preserved in the Aironet firmware and 802.1x
connections to succeed.
Kernel drivers utilizing the new mac80211 wireless stack were sometimes unable to connect
to wireless networks, either failing to find the requested network, or prematurely ending
communication with the wireless access point during the connection process. Some drivers
were prone to reporting multiple disconnection events during the association process,
confusing the supplicant and causing long timeouts. T he supplicant also did not sufficiently
instruct the driver to disconnect when switching access points. T his update fixes these
issues and, in conjunction with kernel driver updates, allow more wireless hardware to
successfully connect to wireless networks.
NetworkManager re-base
NetworkManager has been updated to version 0.7.0. T his update provides the following fixes
and enhancements:
NetworkManager would not display a LEAP password, even when the user selected the
"show password" option. T his has been fixed through a rebase to NetworkManager 0.7.
During the beta phase, a version of NetworkManager was unable to automatically start
network interfaces for which "ONBOOT =no" was present in the ifcfg file. NetworkManager
now ignores this value unless "NM_RESPECT _ONBOOT =yes" is also present.
a NetworkManager plug-in was named for its upstream repository. T his could cause endusers to mistake the plug-in for an un-supported addition to Red Hat Enterprise Linux. T his
plug-in has been renamed to "ifcfg-rh".
with this update, support has been added to NetworkManager for wired 802.1x
authentication. However, after creating an 802.1x-enabled wired connection in the
NetworkManager connection editor, it may be necessary to log out, then log back in before
the connection can be used from the NetworkManager applet menu.
NetworkManager attempted to set a hostname, but only after X had already done so. T he
user could not then open new windows because the authority files had been set by X with a
different hostname. NetworkManager no longer sets hostnames.
an update for NetworkManager that was available in the beta phase would change the run
level enablement of the package during installation, and thus prevent NetworkManager from
starting. NetworkManager no longer changes run level enablements during installation.
on a system with more than one network adapter, network keys saved by the user while
connecting with one adapter would not be available when the user attempted to connect with
the other adapter. NetworkManager can now retrieve and use network keys saved for a
different adapter on the same network.
previously, NetworkManager would not always prompt the user for a new network key if the
protocol or key of a wireless network changed. Although NetworkManager would wait for a
new key, it would not always open a dialog box and allow the user to provide one.
NetworkManager will now open a dialog box when needed.
several bug fixes and enhancements for NetworkManager were available upstream.
NetworkManager has been rebased to version 0.7 to incorporate these improvements,
4
including mobile broadband functionality, Phase2 WPA support, and static IP functionality.
NetworkManager would would cause a segmentation fault when resuming a session. T his
was caused by the HAL dropping privileges before connecting to D-Bus, meaning that the
HAL could not send signals to NetworkManager. NetworkManager now explicitly permits
signals from the HAL.
sometimes, X would freeze if the NetworkManager menu and a keyring manager window
were open at the same time. T his updated package includes a patch from upstream that
prevents this behavior.
if NetworkManager requires a network key from the user, it will open a pop-up window.
However, the applet previously could not steal focus from metacity and would remain in the
background. T he window was therefore not obvious to the user. T he applet now opens in
the foreground, alerting the user to take action.
when resuming, NetworkManager could sometimes re-establish a wireless connection, but
not a route. A fix for this problem from upstream has been included in this update.
NetworkManager did not previously support Cisco Airo Wi-Fi cards, as these devices did not
respond to NetworkManager's attempts to detect them. NetworkManager can now detect
and use these cards.
the NetworkManager applet would wake up and redraw its icon once per second, even when
NetworkManager was not active. Now, the applet will not wake up unless NetworkManager is
running.
NetworkManager 0.7 connects faster than libnotify can provide a notification bubble. When
this happens, the bubble will appear at the top left corner of the screen, rather than under
the taskbar. NetworkManager notification bubbles are now delayed for a few seconds,
allowing libnotify to react.
dbus-glib re-base
T he dbus-glib integration library has been re-based to version 0.73.8 T his update provides
support to updated versions of NetworkManager and also implements the following bugfix and
enhancements
cleanup of the DBusGProxy objects treated pending remote method calls incorrectly and
may have resulted in freeing invalid memory. Consequently, processes using DBusGProxy
objects may have crashed when the DBusGProxy object was freed. With this update dbusglib correctly handles the destruction of DBusGProxy objects, resolving this issue.
two new function calls, dbus_g_proxy_call_with_tim eout and
dbus_g_proxy_begin_call_with_tim eout, have been added to dbus-glib providing
the ability to specify a timeout when making a request to a remote service.
dbus-binding-tool now ignores namespaced Extensible Markup Language (XML) nodes
when processing introspection definition files.
Sudo Aktualisierung
sudo wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf Upstream Version 1.6.9. Diese Version von sudo
unterstützt nun LDAP, und ermöglicht das Suchen nach sudo-Rechten auch im Unterbaum,
statt nur der Basis-Suche (d.h. nur Baum-Ebene). Dies ermöglicht es Administratoren, sudoRechte in einem Baum zu kategorisieren, was wiederum die Handhabung der
Benutzerprivilegien vereinfacht.
5
Anmerkung
the env_reset sudoers option from newer sudo will reset the PAT H environment
variable. T his is different from the behaviour in sudo-1.9.8. T o keep the old behaviour
simply add PAT H variable into env_keep in sudoers file.
LVM-based Cluster mirroring
With this update, the ability to create LVM mirrors in a cluster environment (i.e. while using
CLVM) is now available in Red Hat Enterprise Linux It provides for simultaneous access from
multiple cluster machines, like when using a cluster-aware file system. T his solution is
compatible with existing single-machine mirrors. When switching a mirrored logical volume
between single-machine and cluster-aware, no resynchronization is necessary.
system -config-network requires the fonts provided with xorg-x11-fonts-T ype1 in order to
display. However, this fonts package was not previously set as a dependency for system -confignetwork and it was therefore possible (for example, in the case of a minimal installation) for
system -config-network to be present on a system and yet unable to function because these
fonts were missing. T his update sets xorg-x11-fonts-T ype1 as a dependency for system config-network to ensure that these fonts will be available and that system -config-network
will display correctly.
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2, a 64-bit version of httpd was included in addition to the existing 32bit httpd in the PowerPC architecture. If a user installed both versions, an httpd conflict would
occur, preventing httpd from functioning properly.
T o resolve this issue, the 64-bit version of httpd has been removed from this release. Any systems
with the previous 64-bit version of httpd installed should remove the package before upgrade.
1.3. Driver Updates
the SCSI device handler infrastructure (scsi_dh) has been updated, providing added support for LSI
RDAC SCSI based storage devices.
the tg3 driver for Broadcom T igon3 ethernet devices has been updated to version 3.93. T his applies
several upstream changes for new hardware. However, the 5785 hardware is not fully supported.
T his device may be detected by the driver, but lack of PHY support may cause these chips to not
function correctly and may require the user disable any on-board 5785 cards in the system BIOS.
scsi-target-utils now features iSCSI Extensions for RDMA (iSER), which is based on the Linux
T arget (tgt) framework. iSER is included in this release as a T echnology Preview, and provides
capabilities for both single and multiple portals on different subnets. Note, however, that there are
known bugs with using multiple portals on the same subnet.
T o set up an iSER target component, install the scsi-target-utils and libibverbs-devel
packages. T he corresponding library package for your system's Infiniband hardware is also required.
For example, in HCAs that use the cxgb3 driver the libcxgb3 package is needed, and for HCAs
using the m thca driver the libm thca package is need.
T he MPT Fusion driver has been updated to version 3.04.06, providing the following bugfixes and
enhancements:
Previously, the MPT Fusion driver always allocated I/O resources, even if they were not required,
6
which may have caused issues in low resource environments. With this update, the driver now
uses the pci_enable_device_mem and pci_enable_device functions to differentiate the resource
allocations.
Previously, the kernel would panic when the mptsas and mptcl modules were loaded in parallel.
With this update, this issue has been resolved.
Previously, system power state changes (such as hibernation and standby) were not functioning
correctly with 106XE controllers. With this update, the driver has been modified to free and
allocate resources in power management entry points.
1.4. Virtualization
Ein Fehler im IDE/AT A T reiberstapel, der ein kernel-xen verwendendes Systemvom Booten in die
kdum p-Umgebung hindern konnte, wurde jetzt behoben. In früheren Releases trat dieser auf, wenn
das System auf eine Kernel Panik traf während das IDE-Gerät I/O durchführte und das IDE-Gerät
durch einen Gerätetreiber gesteuert wurde, bei dem es sich nicht um libata handelte.
A softlockup may have occurred when creating a guest with a large amount of memory.
Consequently, a call trace of the error was displayed on both the dom0 and the other guest. In this
update, this issue has been resolved.
On systems with large amounts of memory (ie 256GB or more), setting up the dom0 could exhaust
the hypervisor memory heap. T o work around this, the xenheap and dom0_size command line
arguments had to be set to valid values for the system. In this update, the hypervisor has been
updated to automatically set these values to a default of 32GB, which resolves this issue.
Due to technical problems with passing T X checksum offload information between paravirtual
domains, the use of T X checksum offload in conjunction with NAT for traffic originating from another
domain is not supported. T X checksum offload can be used together with NAT as long as the NAT
rule is applied in the domain where the traffic originates.
Note that this also applies to fully virtualised domains using paravirtual network drivers. Fully
virtualised domains using fully virtualised drivers are not affected as they do not support T X
checksum offload at all.
1.5. Known Issues
Previous versions of the 5.3 Release Notes stated that the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM unit on Dell
PowerEdge R905 servers does not work with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. T his note was included by
error, and does not apply to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
kdump now serializes drive creation registration with the rest of the kdump process. Consequently,
kdump may hang waiting for IDE drives to be initialized. In these cases, it is recommended that IDE
disks not be used with kdump.
Improvements have been made to the 'nv' driver, enhancing suspend and resume support on some
systems equipped with nVidia GeForce 8000 and 9000 series devices. Due to technical limitations,
this will not enable suspend/resume on all hardware.
pirut sorts some package lists using the textual representation of a package, which is inconsistent
with the textual representation method used in yum. As such, some package lists (e.g. Optional
Packages list) in pirut may not display names in alphabetical order.
T he Hypervisor outputs messages regarding attempts by any guest to write to an MSR. Such
messages contain the statement Dom ain attem pted WRMSR. T hese messages can be safely
ignored; furthermore, they are rate limited and should pose no performance risk.
When upgrading from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Workstation to 5 Server, OpenOffice will no
longer work correctly with SELinux. T his is because the Red Hat Enterprise Linux version of
OpenOffice is built using an incorrect library. As a result, SELinux will prevent OpenOffice from
accessing any shared libraries, causing OpenOffice to fail.
7
T o work around this, update the SELinux context to allow OpenOffice to access shared libraries. T o
do so, run the following commands:
sem anage fcontext -a -t textrel_shlib_t '/usr/lib/ooo-1.1(/.* )?'
sem anage fcontext -a -t textrel_shlib_t '/usr/lib64 /ooo-1.1(/.* )?'
restorecon -Rv /usr/lib/ooo-1.19
restorecon -Rv /usr/lib64 /ooo-1.19
Alternatively, you can also upgrade your OpenOffice to a correct version compatible with SELinux in
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. You can do this by subscribing to the "Productivity App" child channel in
Red Hat Network and running the following command:
yum install openoffice{base,calc,draw,em ailm erge,graphicfilter,headless,im press,javafilter,m at
h,pyuno,writer,xsltfilter}
If jumbo frames are enabled on your system, a kernel panic will occur if you attempt to unload the
bnx2 module.
Red Hat advises that you avoid removing a block device from a guest while the device is in use.
Doing so causes Xend to lose domain information for the guest.
Accessing the right-click menu of the NetworkManager GNOME applet may cause the GNOME
Keyring Unlock dialog to appear. When this occurs, no XII applications can receive keyboard or
mouse input.
T o recover from this, switch to a virtual terminal using Ctrl+Alt+F1. Log in as the affected user (or
root) and run killall -9 nm -applet. T hen, switch back to X11 using Ctrl+Alt+F7. Your
system should be able to receive keyboard and mouse input, although Red Hat recommends that you
logout and login again to allow the system to fully recover.
On Altix systems with an AT I FireMV graphics adapter, the GUI console may not display on one of the
VGA connectors. T o workaround this issue, switch to using the other VGA connector on the dongle.
It has been determined that 1024 byte objects in kernel slab may be lost when a call to pipe() fails.
T he problem occurs because pipe() allocates pipe files, and then tries to get free file descriptors for
them. If the process is out of file descriptors, pipe() fails, but it does not clean up properly. A fix for
this problem is planned for a forthcoming 5.3 kernel update.
T o workaround this issue, ensure that the process calling do_pipe has adequate file descriptors
allocated.
T his issue has been observed with multipathd in particular. T o avoid the problem with multipathd,
calculate the number of file descriptors (FDs) required using the formula: "FDs = Number of Paths +
32". If the result is greater than the default value of 1024, then the max_fds value in the defaults
section of multipath.conf should be set to the previously calculated value. For example, if there are
255 LUNs with 8 paths each, the line to be added to the defaults section of multipath.conf would be:
max_fds
2072
T he libcm piutil-devel package depends on tog-pegasus-devel, which for the Red Hat
Enterprise Linux Desktop product is only available from the Workstation option. T herefore, any
attempt to install the libcm piutil-devel package on a system that does not have a Subscription
including the Workstation option or is not subscribed to the Workstation channel on the Red Hat
Network, will fail with an unresolved dependency error.
It is possible in rare circumstances, for m akedum pfile to produce erroneous results but not have
them reported. T his is due to the fact that m akedum pfile processes its output data through a
pipeline consisting of several stages. If m akedum pfile fails, the other stages will still succeed,
effectively masking the failure. Should a vmcore appear corrupt, and makedumpfile is in use, it is
recommended that the core be recorded without makedumpfile and a bug be reported.
8
An issue may be encountered when using system-config-cluster to configure a Postgres 8
resource agent, resulting in the postgresql service failing to start. T o include a Postgres resource
agent in your cluster, please check the man page for the agent, and edit the cluster.conf file in
an editor, then update the cluster with the new configuration file using the appropriate cman_tool
command.
Due to outstanding driver issues with hardware encryption acceleration, users of Intel WiFi Link 4965,
5100, 5150, 5300, and 5350 wireless cards are advised to disable hardware accelerated encryption
using module parameters. Failure to do so may result in the inability to connect to Wired Equivalent
Privacy (WEP) protected wireless networks after connecting to WiFi Protected Access (WPA)
protected wireless networks.
T o do so, add the following options to /etc/m odprobe.conf:
alias wlan0 iwlagn
options iwlagn swcrypto50=1 swcrypto=1
(where wlan0 is the default interface name of the first Intel WiFi Link device)
kdump now restarts when CPUs or DIMMs are hot-added to a system. If multiple items are added at
the same time, several sequential restarts may be encountered. T his behavior is intentional, as it
minimizes the time-frame where a crash may occur while memory or processors are not being
tracked by kdump.
1.6. Technology Previews
Software based Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE)
T he Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) driver (fcoe.ko), along with libfc, provides the ability to
run FCoE over a standard Ethernet card. T his capability is provided as a technical preview in
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
T o enable this feature, you must login by writing the network interface name to the
/sys/m odule/fcoe/param eters/create file, for example:
echo eth6 > /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/create
T o logout, write the network interface name to the
/sys/m odule/fcoe/param eters/destroy file, for example:
echo eth6 > /sys/module/fcoe/parameters/destroy
For further information on software based FCoE refer to: http://www.openfcoe.org/openfc/wiki/index.php/FCoE_Initiator_Quickstart.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 bietet vollständigen Support für FCoE auf drei spezialisierten
Hardware Implementierungen. Diese sind: Cisco fnic-T reiber, der Emulex lpfc-T reiber und
der Qlogic qla2xx-T reiber.
iSER Support
iSER support, allowing for block storage transfer across a network, has been added to the
scsi-target-utils package as a T echnology Preview. In this release, single portal and
multiple portals on different subnets are supported. T here are known bugs when using multiple
portals on the same subnet.
T o set up the iSER target component install the scsi-target-utils and libibverbs-devel RPM. T he
library package for the InfiniBand hardware that is being used is also required. For example:
9
host channel adapters that use the cxgb3 driver the libcxgb3 package is needed, and for
host channel adapters using the m thca driver the libm thca package is needed.
T here is also a known issue relating to connection timeouts in some situations. Refer to Red
Hat Bugzilla #470627 for more information on this issue.
2. Installation-Related Notes
T his section includes information specific to Anaconda and the installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.3.
Red Hat Network can install the new and changed packages and upgrade an existing Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5 system. Alternatively, Anaconda can upgrade an existing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
system or perform a fresh installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3.
Note: upgrading from beta releases of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 to this GA release is not supported.
Further, although Anaconda provides an option for upgrading from earlier major versions of Red Hat
Enterprise Linux to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3, Red Hat does not currently support this. More
generally, Red Hat does not support in-place upgrades between any major versions of Red Hat
Enterprise Linux. (A major version is denoted by a whole number version change. For example, Red Hat
Enteprise Linux 4 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 are both major versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux.)
In-place upgrades across major releases do not preserve all system settings, services or custom
configurations. Consequently, Red Hat strongly recommends fresh installations when upgrading from
one major version to another.
Die T ext Mode-Installation von Anaconda bietet nun die Möglichkeit, zu Virtual Network Computing
(VNC) zu wechseln, um die Installation abzuschließen.
Das Erstellen oder Benutzen von verschlüsselte Platten im Software-RAID-Verbund (d.h. software
RAID Partitionen) wird nicht unterstützt. Das Erstellen von verschlüsselten Software RAID Arrays
(d.h. /dev/m d0) wird hingegen unterstützt.
T he NFS default for RHEL5 is "locking". T herefore, to mount nfs shares from the %post section of
anaconda, use the m ount -o nolock,udp command to start the locking daemon before using nfs
to mount shares.
Bei der Installation von CD-ROM oder DVD-ROM auf einem System mit einem iBFT -konfigurierten
Netzwerkgerät, bindet Anaconda keine iBFT -konfigurierten Speichergeräte ein, bis das Netzwerk
konfiguriert ist. Um das Netzwerk für die Installation zu aktivieren, verwenden Sie den Befehl linux
updates=http://[any] am Installations-Boot-Prompt. Beachten Sie, dass [any] mit einer
beliebigen URL ersetzt werden kann.
Falls Ihr System eine statische IP-Konfiguration benötigt, verwenden Sie den Befehl linux
updates=http://[any] ip=[IP address] netm ask=[netmask] dns=[dns].
Verwenden Sie bei der Installation von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 auf einem voll virtualisierten
Gast nicht den kernel-xen-Kernel. Das Verwenden dieses Kernels auf voll virtualisierten Gästen
kann dazu führen, dass Ihr System hängenbleibt.
Falls Sie bei der Installation von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 eine Installationsnummer verwenden,
stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie die Paketgruppe Virtualization während der Installation
deselektieren. Die Paketgruppe Virtualization installiert den kernel-xen-Kernel.
10
2. Installation-Related Notes
Beachten Sie, dass paravirtualisierte Gäste von diesem Problem nicht betroffen sind.
Paravirtualisierte Gäste verwenden immer den kernel-xen-Kernel.
Wenn Sie bei der Aktualisierung von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 auf 5.2 den virtualisierten Kernel
verwenden, müssen Sie nach Abschluß der Aktualisierung neu starten. Sie sollten dann das System
booten und dabei den aktualisierten virtualisierten Kernel verwenden.
Die Hypervisoren von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 und 5.2 sind nicht ABI-kompatibel. Falls Sie das
System nach der Aktualisierung unter Verwendung des aktualisierten virtualisierten Kernels nicht
neu starten, entsprechen die aktualisierten Virtualisierungs-RPMs nicht dem laufenden Kernel.
Bei der Aktualisierung von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 oder später
kann gcc4 dazu führen, dass die Aktualisierung scheitert. Aus diesem Grund sollten Sie das Paket
gcc4 vor der Aktualisierung manuell entfernen.
Das firstboot Sprach-Plugin wurde entfernt, da es das System bei der Auswahl einer neuen
Sprache nicht ordnungsgemäß und vollständig neu konfiguriert.
Bei der Bereitstellung (?) von Gästen während der Installation, steht die RHN tools for guests
Option nicht zur Verfügung. Für diesen Fall benötigt das System eine zusätzliche Berechtigung (?),
unabhängig von der für dom 0 genutzten Berechtigung (?).
Um den Verbrauch (?) von zusätzlichen Berechtigungen für Gäste zu verhindern, installieren Sie das
rhn-virtualization-com m on-Paket manuell, bevor Sie versuchen, das System beim Red Hat
Network anzumelden.
Das Installieren von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 auf einem System mit mehreren
Netzwerkschnittstellen und manuell eingestellten IPv6 Adressen kann zu einer teilweise fehlerhaften
Netzwerk-Einrichtung führen. Falls dies auftritt, werden Ihre IPv6 Adressen auf dem installierten
System nicht sichtbar sein.
Für eine provisorische Lösung setzen Sie NET WORKING_IPV6 auf yes in
/etc/sysconfig/network. Anschließend starten Sie Ihre Netzwerkverbindungen mit dem Befehl
service network restart neu.
Falls auf Ihrem System yum -rhn-plugin-0.5.2-5.el5_1.2 (oder eine frühere Version)
installiert ist, wird Ihnen eine Aktualisierung auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 mit dem Befehl yum
update nicht möglich sein. Um dies zu umgehen, aktualisieren Sie Ihr yum -rhn-plugin auf die
neueste Version (per yum update yum -rhn-plugin), bevor Sie den Befehl yum update
ausführen.
Bislang konnte anaconda nicht auf mehr als 8 SmartArray Kontroller zugreifen. In dieser
Aktualisierung wurde das Problem nun behoben.
Ein T reiber-Datenträger, bereitgestellt vom OEM, ist eine einzelne Image-Datei (*.im g), welche
eventuell mehrere T reiberpakete und Kernel-Module enthält. Diese T reiber werden während der
Installation verwendet, um Hardware zu unterstützen, die andernfalls nicht von Red Hat Enterprise
Linux 5 erkannt werden würden. Sind die T reiberpakete und Kernel-Module erst einmal auf dem
System installiert, werden sie in der ursprünglichen RAM-Disk (initrd) abgelegt, so dass sie beim
Systemstart geladen werden.
Mit dieser Aktualisierung erkennt die Installation nun automatisch das Vorhandensein eines T reiberDatenträgers (anhand der Dateisystem-Kennung), und verwendet somit den Inhalt des Datenträgers
während der Installation. Dieses Verhalten wird in der Befehlszeile der Installation gesteuert durch
die Option dlabel=on, welche die automatische Suche aktiviert. dlabel=on ist die
Standardeinstellung für diese Version.
Alle Blockgeräte mit der Dateisystem-Kennung OEMDRV werden untersucht und gefundene T reiber in
der Reihenfolge des Antreffens geladen.
Vorhandene, verschlüsselte Blockgeräte, die vfat-Dateisysteme enthalten, werden als T yp
foreign in der Partitionierungs-Schnittstelle angezeigt werden. Aus diesem Grund werden diese
Geräte beim Systemstart nicht automatisch eingehängt. Um zu gewährleisten, dass diese Geräte
11
automatisch eingehängt werden, ergänzen Sie einen entsprechenden Eintrag in /etc/fstab. Für
weitere Informationen zur Durchführung, werfen Sie bitte einen Blick auf m an fstab.
T he minimum RAM required to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 is 1GB; the recommended RAM is
2GB. If a machine has less than 1GB RAM, the installation process may hang.
Desweiteren treten bei PowerPC-Rechnern mit nur 1GB Arbeitsspeicher Leistungsprobleme bei
bestimmten RAM-intensiven Auslastungen auf. Damit auf einem Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 System
RAM-intensive Prozesse optimal ausgeführt werden, sollte der Rechner mit 4GB Arbeitsspeicher
ausgestattet sein. So wird gewährleistet, dass das System dieselbe Anzahl an physischen
Seitenrahmen besitzt, wie das auf den PowerPC-Rechnern (die 512MB RAM verwenden), die Red
Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 oder eine frühere Version installiert haben.
anaconda unterstützt nun beide Ports auf CHPID für OSA Express3 cards. Der Installer fordert die
Angabe der Portnummer während der ersten Phase der Installation. Der angegebene Wert für den
Port wirkt sich auch auf das installierte Skript zur Initialisierung der Netzwerkschnittstelle aus. Wird
der Port 1 ausgewählt, wird der Wert portno=1 zu den OPT IONS Parametern der ifcfg-eth* Datei hinzugefügt.
Anmerkung
Bei der Installation unter z/VM können Sie entweder PORT NO=0 (für Port 0), oder PORT NO=1
(für Port 1) zu der CMS Konfigurationsdatei hinzufügen, um eine Abfrage des Modus zu
verhindern.
Die Installation auf einem Rechner mit vorhandenen Linux- oder Nicht-Linux-Dateisystemen auf DASD
Blockgeräten kann zum Anhalten des Installers führen. Falls dies passiert, ist es nötig, alle
vorhandenen Partitionen auf den DASD Geräten, die Sie verwenden wollen, vollständig zu löschen
und den Installer neu zu starten.
If your system only has 512MB of RAM, attempting to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 may fail. T o
prevent this, perform a base installation first and install all other packages after the installation
finishes.
Using yum to install packages from the 32-bit Com patibility Layer disc may fail. If it does, it
is because the Red Hat package signing key was not imported into the RPM database. T his happens
if you have not yet connected to Red Hat Network and obtained updates. T o import the key manually,
run the following command as root:
rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-redhat-release
Sobald der Red Hat GPG-Schlüssel importiert wurde, können Sie nun yum für die Installation von
Paketen vom 32-bit Com patibility Layer verwenden.
Beachten Sie, dass es ratsam ist, yum anstelle von rpm zu verwenden, falls Sie von diesem
Datenträger installieren, um so zu gewährleisten, dass Abhängigkeiten des Basis-Betriebssystems
während der Installation berücksichtigt werden.
12
3. Feature Updates
3. Feature Updates
Verschlüsselung von Blockgeräten
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 unterstützt die Verschlüsselung von Blockgeräten unter
Verwendung der Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) Spezifikationen. Die Verschlüsselung eines
Gerätes schützt alle auf dem Blockgerät enthaltenen Daten gegen unbefugten Z ugriff, selbst
wenn das Gerät physikalisch vom System getrennt wird. Um auf den Inhalt eines
verschlüsselten Gerätes zugreifen zu können, muss der Benutzer ein Passwort oder einen
Schlüssel als Authentifikation eingeben.
Für weitere Information über das Verschlüsseln von Platten, werfen Sie bitte einen Blick auf
Kapitel 28 des Red Hat Enterprise Linux Installationshandbuchs unter: http://redhat.com/docs/
mac80211 802.11a/b/g WiFi Protokollstapel (mac80211)
Der mac80211-Stapel (früher als devicescape/d80211-Stapel bekannt) ist in Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.3 nun ein unterstütztes Feature. Er aktiviert den iwlwifi 4 965GN
Wireless-T reiber für Intel Wifi Link 4965 Hardware. Dieser Stapel ermöglicht bestimmten
Wireless-Geräten, sich mit einem beliebigen WiFi-Netzwerk zu verbinden.
Obwohl die mac80211 Komponente in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 unterstützt wird, sind die
Symbole jedoch nicht in der Symbol-Whitelist für den Kernel enthalten.
Global File System 2 (GFS2)
GFS2 stellt eine inkrementelle Verbesserung von GFS dar. Diese Aktualisierung setzt einige
wichtige Verbesserung um, die eine Änderung des On-Disk-Dateisystem-Formats erfordern.
GFS-Dateisysteme können mit dem Dienstprogramm gfs2_convert in GFS2 konvertiert
werden, welches die Metadaten eines GFS-Dateisystems entsprechend aktualisiert.
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 wurde GFS2 als Kernel-Modul zu T estzwecken zur Verfügung
gestellt. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 ist GFS2 nun T eil des Kernel-Pakets. Falls Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.2 GFS2 Kernel-Module bereits installiert sind, müssen diese entfernt werden,
um die Verwendung von GFS2 in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 zu ermöglichen.
Verbesserungen der Unterstützung von T reiber-Datenträgern
Ein T reiber-Datenträger, bereitgestellt vom OEM, ist eine einzelne Image-Datei (* .im g), welche
eventuell mehrere T reiber-RPMs und Kernel-Module enthält. Diese T reiber werden während
der Installation verwendet, um andernfalls nicht erkannte Hardware zu unterstützen. Die RPMs
werden auf dem System installiert und in die initrd abgelegt, so dass sie beim Neustart des
Rechners unterstützt werden.
Bei Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 kann die Installation anhand der Dateisystem-Kennung
automatisch das Vorhandensein eines T reiber-Datenträgers erkennen, und dessen Inhalt
während der Installation verwenden. Dieses Verhalten wird in der Befehlszeile der Installation
gesteuert durch die Option dlabel=on, welche die automatische Suche aktiviert. Alle
Blockgeräte mit der Dateisystem-Kennung OEMDRV werden untersucht und gefundene T reiber
in der Reihenfolge des Antreffens geladen.
iSCSI Boot Firmware T able
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 unterstützt nun vollständig die iSCSI Boot Firmware Table (iBFT),
was das Starten von iSCSI Geräten ermöglicht. Diese Unterstützung erfordert, dass die iSCSI
Platten (Knoten) nicht mehr für einen automatischen Start markiert sind. Das installierte System
13
wird nicht mehr automatisch verbinden und auf iSCSI Platten einloggen beim Wechsel zum
Runlevel 3 oder 5.
iSCSI wird normalerweise für das Root Dateisystem verwendet. In diesem Fall ist diese
Änderung unerheblich, denn initrd wird sich mit den nötigen iSCSI Platten verbinden und
einloggen, noch bevor ein Wechsel auf Runlevel erfolgt.
Falls jedoch iSCSI Platten bei Nicht-Root Verzeichnissen eingehängt werden müssen, z.B.
/hom e or /srv, dann wird sich diese Änderung auf Sie auswirken, denn das installierte System
wird sich nicht mehr automatisch verbinden und einloggen auf iSCSI Platten, die nicht für das
Root Dateisystem verwendet werden.
Das Verwenden von iSCSI Platten, welche an Nicht-Root Dateisysteme angehängt sind, ist zwar
noch immer möglich, erfordert aber eine der folgenden provisorischen Lösungen:
1. Installieren Sie das System, ohne dass iSCSI Platten an Nicht-Root Verzeichnisse
angehängt sind, und konfigurieren Sie später die erforderlichen Platten und AnhängePunkte (?)manuell.
2. Starten Sie das installierte System auf Runlevel 1, und markieren Sie alle iSCSI Platten,
die nicht für das Root Dateisystem zum automatischen Starten verwendet werden, indem
Sie folgenden Befehl einmal pro Platte ausführen:
iscsiadm -m node -T target-name -p ip:port -o update -n
node.startup -v autom atic
Rhythmbox
Der rhythmbox Audio Player wurde aktualisiert auf Version 0.11.6. Diese Aktualisierung bietet
die Möglichkeit, proprietäre GStreamer-Plugins zu verwenden.
lftp Aktualisierung
lftp wurde nun grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 3.7.1. Dies führt zu einigen UpstreamFeature-Aktualisierungen und Bugfixes, einschließlich:
Eine Sicherheitslücke, die beim Interpretieren von m irror --script-generierten Skripten
mit lftp eine mögliche unauthorisierte Privileg-Eskalation verursachte, wurde nun
geschlossen.
Das Verwenden von lftp mit der Option -c führt nicht mehr zum Aufhängen von lftp.
lftp beschädigt keine Dateien mehr während eines T ransfers via sftp.
For more information on lftp updates applied in this release, refer to http://lftp.yar.ru/news.html.
T T Y Input Auditing
TTY Input Auditing wird nun unterstützt. Falls ein Prozess für T T Y Input Auditing vorgesehen
ist, werden Daten von T T Ys gelesen und überprüft. Dies wird auf den Audit Records
erscheinen als T ypT T Y.
Sie können das pam _tty_audit-Modul verwenden, um einen Prozess (samt Kindprozessen)
für T T Y Input Auditing zu kennzeichnen. Für eine Anleitung zur Durchführung, konsultieren Sie
die Handbuchseite via m an pam _tty_audit(8).
Die T T Y Audit Records enthalten die genauen T astenanschläge die vom überprüften Prozess
registriert wurden. Um das Auswerten der Daten zu vereinfachen, überprüft bash die genaue
14
3. Feature Updates
Befehlszeile unter Verwendung des Record-T yps USER_T T Y.
T he "T T Y" audit records contain all data read by audited processes from the T T Y. T his
includes data inserted into the input stream by the T IOCST I ioctl system call.
SystemT ap Aktualisierung
SystemT ap wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 0.7.2. Diese Aktualisierung führt
mehrere kleine Verbesserungen ein, sowie auch einige bedeutende Features. Diese neuen
Features beinhalten:
SystemT ap unterstützt nun das symbolische Überprüfen auf x86, x86-64 und PowerPC
Architekturen. Dies ermöglicht es SystemT ap Scripts, Überprüfungsprozesse in User Space
Anwendungen sowie in gemeinsam genutzten Bibliotheken zu platzieren. Infolgedessen
kann SystemT ap nun das gleiche Level an Debugger Überprüfung bei einigen User Space
Anwendungen leisten, wie auch bei der Kernel Überprüfung.
Wenn beispielsweise coreutils-debuginfo installiert ist, können Sie einen Call Graph
ausgeben des Befehls ls unter Verwendung von
/usr/share/doc/system tap-version/exam ples/general/callgraph.stp, wie
in:
stap para-callgraph.stp 'process("ls").function("* ")' -c 'ls -l'
Um die Wahrscheinlichkeit einer unentdeckten Abweichung zwischen der Binärdatei und
deren Debuginfo RPMs zu verringern, empfiehlt Red Hat die
SYST EMT AP_DEBUGINFO_PAT H Umgebungsvariable auf den Wert
+:.debug:/usr/lib/debug:build zu setzen.
SystemT ap's support for symbolic probes also extends to markers placed into the kernel of
this release. T o use these markers, load the kernel-trace kernel module in
/etc/rc.local (using m odprobe kernel-trace).
SystemT ap unterstützt auch entfernte (oder remote) Kompilierungsdienste. Dies ermöglicht
es einem einzigen Computer im Netzwerk, als ein Debuginfo/Compiler Server für lokale
SystemT ap Clients zu fungieren. Die Clients lokalisieren automatisch den Server mithilfe
von mDNS (avahi), und benötigen nur die system tap-client- und system tapruntim e-Pakete zum funktionieren.
Z ur Z eit verwendet dieses Feature keine Sicherheitsmechanismen wie z.B.
Verschlüsselung. Daher ist es ratsam, entfernte (oder remote) Kompilierungsdienste nur
innerhalb von vertrauenswürdigen Netzwerken zu benutzen. Bitte konsultieren Sie die
Handbuchseite via m an stap-server für weitere Informationen.
Die Kernel-Aktualisierung für diese Version enthält eine Kernel-API-Erweiterung, die das
Beenden von SystemT ap-Scripts deutlich verbessert. Diese zusätzliche Kernel-APIErweiterung beseitigt die unnötige Synchronisation zwischen einzelne Operationen zur
Entfernung von Überprüfungsprozessen. Demzufolge werden SystemT ab Scripts mit
hunderten von Kernel Überprüfungsprozessen nun deutlich schneller abgearbeitet.
Dies ist insbesondere nützlich für Administratoren, die Scripts mit Überprüfungsprozessen
verwenden, welche Wildcards enthalten und daher zahlreiche Kernel Ereignisse festhalten,
wie z.B probe syscall.* {}.
Für eine umfassende Liste von SystemT ap Aktualisierungen in dieser Version, besuchen Sie
bitte die folgende URL:
http://sources.redhat.com/git/gitweb.cgi?p=systemtap.git;a=blob_plain;f=NEWS;hb=rhel53
15
Cluster Manager Aktualisierung
Das Cluster Manager Dienstprogramm (cman) wurde aktualisiert auf Version 2.0.97. Diese
Aktualisierung enthält mehrere Bugfixes und Verbesserungen, insbesondere:
cman verwendet nun die folgenden Firmware Versionen:APC AOS v3.5.7 und APC rpdu
v3.5.6. Das behebt einen Fehler, der APC 7901 daran hinderte, das "Simple Network
Management Protocol" (SNMP) ordnungsgemäß anzuwenden.
fence_drac, fence_ilo, fence_egenera, und fence_bladecenter-Agenten
unterstützen nun ssh.
fence_xvm d-Schlüsseldateien können nun ohne Neustart neu geladen werden.
Eine einzige Methode zur Abgrenzung kann nun bis zu 8 Geräte zur Abgrenzung
unterstützen.
RPM Aktualisierung
Der RedHat Package Manager (RPM) wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die Fedora 9
Upstream Version. rpm bietet nun sekundäre, architekturspezifische Makro-Dateien auf MultiArch Systemen. Außerdem entspricht rpm nun allen Z ertifizierungs-Kriterien für die Aufnahme
in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.
Diese Aktualisierung enthält zudem mehrere Upstream Verbesserungen und Bugfixes für rpm,
einschließlich:
rpm generiert keine unnötigen .rpm new und .rpm save-Dateien mehr auf Multi-ArchSystemen.
Ein Fehler in der rpm giNext() Funktion von rpm verhinderte ordnungsgemäße
Fehlerberichte. In dieser Aktualisierung wird nun die korrekte Semantik für Fehlerberichte
angewendet und dadurch sichergestellt, dass rpm in jedem Fall den richtigen Exit Code
wiedergibt.
Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution (OFED) / opensm
opensm wurde aktualisiert auf die Upstream Version 3.2, einschließlich einer kleineren
Änderung an der opensm Programmbibliothek API.
Das Format der opensm .conf-Datei wurde geändert. Falls Sie individuelle Modifikationen
an Ihrem vorhandenen opensm .conf vorgenommen hatten, wird RPM automatisch die
neue opensm .conf-Datei als /etc/ofed/opensm .conf.rpm new installieren. Sie
müssen daher Ihre Modifikationen in diese Datei migrieren, und anschließend die
vorhandene opensm.conf-Datei mit dem Ergebnis ersetzen.
Red Hat verfolgt die Code-Basis der Upstream Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution
(OFED), um ein möglichst hohes Level an Funktionalität für diese noch in der Entwicklung
begriffende T echnologie zu bieten. Infolgedessen kann Red Hat die API/ABI-Kompatibilität
nur über Nebenversionen erhalten, in demselben Umfang wie auch das Upstream Projekt.
Dies stellt eine Ausnahme dar von der allgemeinen Entwicklungspraktik von Red Hat
Enterprise Linux.
Aus diesem Grund können Applikationen, die über den OFED Stapel (siehe Liste unten)
hinaus gebaut wurden, ggf. Rekompilation oder sogar Änderungen auf Ebene des
Quellcodes erfordern, wenn von einer Nebenversion von Red Hat Enterprise Linux auf eine
neuere gewechselt wird.
Dies ist im Allgemeinen nicht erforderlich für andere Applikationen, die auf dem Red Hat
Enterprise Linux Stapel gebaut wurden. Die betroffenen Komponenten sind:
16
3. Feature Updates
dapl
compat-dapl
ibsim
ibutils
infiniband-diags
libcxgb3
libehca
libibcm
libibcommon
libibmad
libibumad
libibverbs
libipathverbs
libmlx4
libmthca
libnes
librmdacm
libsdp
mpi-selector
mpitests
mstflint
mvapich
mvapich2
ofed-docs
openib
openib-mstflint
openib-perftest
openib-tvflash
openmpi
opensm
perftest
qlvnictools
qperf
rds-tools (future)
srptools
tvflash
Net-SNMP Aktualisierung
Net-SNMP has been re-based to upstream version 5.3.2.2. T his update adds Stream Control
T ransmission Protocol (SCT P) support (as per RFC 3873, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3873.txt) and
introduces two new configuration options (to be used in /etc/snm pd.conf):
dontLogT CPWrappersConnects — unterdrückt das Protokollieren von
Verbindungsversuchen.
v1trapaddress — enables administrators to set an agent's IP address inside outgoing
17
SNMP traps.
Diese Aktualisierung setzt ebenfalls einige von Upstream gelieferte Verbesserungen um,
einschließlich:
Der snm pd-Daemon funktioniert nun ordnungsgemäß auf Systemen mit mehr als 255
Netzwerkschnittstellen. Außerdem gibt snm pd nun einen Fehler aus, wenn es konfiguriert
wird, auf einen Port höher als 65535 zu horchen.
Eine Race Condition, die dazu führte, dass der snm pd-Daemon beim Lesen von /proc
Dateideskriptoren durchsickern ließ, wurde nun behoben.
Der snm pd-Daemon meldet nun ordnugnsgemäß hrProcessorLoad Objekt ID's (OID),
selbst auf Multi-CPU Hardware. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass es ab dem Start des Daemons
ungefähr eine Minute dauert, die OID-Werte zu berechnen.
Das net-snm p-devel-Paket ist nun abhängig vom lm _sensors-devel-Paket.
OpenSSL Aktualisierung für FIPS Z ertifikation
Die openssl-Pakete aktualisieren die OpenSSL-Bibliothek auf eine neuere Upstream Version,
welche zur Z eit den "Federal Information Processing Standards" (FIPS-140-2) Validierungs
Prozess durchläuft. Der FIPS-Modus ist standardmäßig aktiviert, um die OpenSSL-Bibliothek
Feature Parität sowie ABI Kompatibilität zu vorhergehenden Versionen der openssl-Pakete in
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 zu gewährleisten.
Diese Aktualisierung wendet außerdem die folgenden Upstream Fixes an:
Standardmäßig wird die zlib-Komprimierung für SSL und T LS Verbindungen verwendet.
Auf IBM System z Architekturen mit "Central Processor Assist for Cryptographic Function"
(CPACF) wurde die Komprimierung zu einem großem T eil der CPU-Auslastung, und die
Gesamtleistung wurde bestimmt durch die Geschwindigkeit der Komprimierung (nicht durch
die Geschwindigkeit der Verschlüsselung). Wenn die Komprimierung deaktiviert wird, ist die
Gesamtleistung sehr viel höher. In diesen aktualisierten Paketen kann die zlibKomprimierung für SSL und T LS Verbindungen deaktiviert werden mithilfe der
OPENSSL_NO_DEFAULT _ZLIB Umgebungsvariablen. Für T LS Verbindungen über ein
langsames Netzwerk ist es besser, die Komprimierung aktiviert zu lassen, so dass die zu
transferierende Datenmenge geringer ist.
Beim Verwenden des openssl-Befehls mit den s_client und s_server Optionen wurde
die Standard CA Z ertifikat-Datei (/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt) nicht gelesen.
Dies führte zum Scheitern der Verifizierung von Z ertifikaten. Damit Z ertifikate die
Verifizierung bestehen, musste die -CAfile /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
Option angewendet werden. In diesen aktualisierten Paketen wird die Standard CA
Z ertifikat-Datei nun gelesen, und muss nicht mehr mit der -CAfile Option manuell
angegeben werden.
yum Aktualisierung
yum wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die Upstream Version 3.2.18. Diese Aktualisierung
verbessert die Geschwindigkeit, mit der yum ausgeführt wird, wodurch Probleme aufgrund der
ständig wachsenden Anzahl von Paketen in jeder Nebenversion gemindert werden. Z udem
führt diese Aktualisierung auch den reinstall-Befehl ein, verbessert die Schnittstelle für mehrere
Befehle, und enthält einige Bugfixes, einschließlich:
Jeglicher yum-Befehlt scheiterte bislang, wenn die -c-Option benutzt wurde zum Angeben
einer Konfigurations-Datei, die sich an einer Web-Adresse (http) befand. Dieser Fehler
18
3. Feature Updates
wurde nun behoben.
Eine checkSignal()-Funktion in yum rief eine fehlerhafte Beenden-Funktion auf; daher
resultierte ein Beenden von yum stattdessen in einem T raceback. In dieser Version beendet
yum nun ordnungsgemäß.
Flash-Plugin Aktualisierung
Das flash-plugin-Paket wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die Version 10.0.12.36. Diese
Aktualisierung wendet mehrere Sicherheitsfixes an, die in einer vorhergehenden flashplugin ASYNC Aktualisierung enthalten waren. Außerdem enthält dieses aktualisierte Plugin
den Adobe Flash Player 10, der seinerseits folgende Bugfixes und Feature-Verbesserungen
enthält:
Verbesserte Stabilität auf der Linux Plattform durch die Beseitigung einer Race Condition in
der Audio-Ausgabe.
Neue Unterstützung für individuell angepasste Filter und Effekte, native 3D
T ransformationen und Animationen, erweiterte Audio Verarbeitung, eine neue, flexiblere
T ext Engine, und PGU Hardware Beschleunigung.
Für weitere Informationen über diese Aktualisierung, lesen Sie bitte die Adobe Flash Player
10 Release Notes unter dem folgenden Link:
http://www.adobe.com/support/documentation/en/flashplayer/10/Flash_Player_10_Release_Not
es.pdf
gdb Aktualisierung
gdb wurde nun grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 6.8. Dies wendet mehrere Upstream
Feature Aktualisierungen und Bugfixes an, insbesondere: Unterstützung für Haltepunkte in C++
Vorlagen, Konstruktoren und Inline-Funktionen.
For more information on gdb updates applied in this release, refer to http://sourceware.org/cgibin/cvsweb.cgi/src/gdb/NEWS?rev=1.259.2.1&cvsroot=src.
Instruction Based Sampling auf AMD Family10h Prozessoren
Unterstützung von Hardwareprofilen für AMD Family 10h Prozessoren wurde zu Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.3 hinzugefügt. Diese neuen AMD CPU's unterstützen "Instruction Based
Sampling" (IBS). IBS-Unterstützung erfordert Änderungen am oProfile-T reiber, damit diese
Informationen gesammelt und die Model Specific Registers (MSRs) initialisiert werden, welche
mit diesen neuen Features zusammenhängen.
Diese Aktualisierung fügt die neuen IBS_FET CH und IBS_OP Profiling Samples zu den Puffern
pro CPU sowie den Ereignispuffern des oProfile-T reibers hinzu. Neue Kontrolleinträge wurden
ebenfalls hinzugefügt zu /dev/oprofile, um IBS Sampling zu steuern. Diese Änderungen
sind rückwärtskompatibel mit vorhergehenden nur-PMC Versionen des T reibers, und ein
separates Patch ist verfügbar für oProfile 0.9.3, um diese neuen Daten zu nutzen.
Für mehr Informationen über IBS, werfen Sie bitte einen Blick auf: Instruction-Based Sampling: A
New Performance Analysis T echnique for AMD Family 10h Processors, November 19, 2007
Squid Aktualisierung
Squid wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf die letzte stabile Upstream Version (ST ABLE21).
Diese Aktualisierung behebt mehrere Fehler, einschließlich:
19
Das Skript squid init gab stets fälschlicherweise den Exit Code 0 aus. Dieser Fehler ist
nun behoben, so dass Squid nun konform geht mit Linux Standard Base.
Das Verwenden der refresh_stale_hit-Direktive führt zu der Fehlermeldung Clock
going backwards in der squid-Protokolldatei.
Der squid Installationsprozess richtete den Besitzer des /usr/local/squid
Verzeichnisses nicht korrekt ein. In dieser Version ist nun der Benutzer squid der
standardmäßige Besitzer von /usr/local/squid.
Jedesmal wenn squid versucht, die Funktion hash_lookup() zu verwenden, kann es ggf.
abbrechen mit signal 6.
Das Verwenden von squid_unix_group könnte squid zum Absturz bringen.
Event Multi-Processing Model in Apache
httpd, das Apache HT T P Server Paket, beinhaltet nun das experimentelle event MultiProcessing Model (MPM). Dieses MPM verbessert die Leistung, indem es beim Arbeiten mit
Keepalive-Verbindungen fest zugeordnete T hreads verwendet.
Libgomp Aktualisierung
libgom p wurde grundlegend aktualisiert auf Version 4.3.2-7.el5. Diese Aktualisierung
verbessert die OpenMP-Leistung und unterstützt zusätzlich die OpenMP Version 3.0 bei der
Verwendung mit dem gcc4 3-Compiler.
iSCSI-Z iel Fähigkeiten
Die iSCSI-Z iel Fähigkeit, als T eil des Linux T arget (tgt) Frameworks, geht über von
T echnologievorschau zu voller Unterstützung in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. Das Linux
T arget Framework ermöglicht einem System die Freigabe von Block-Level-SCSISpeichergeräten für andere Systeme, die einen SCSI Initiator besitzen. Diese Fähigkeit wird als
erstes als ein Linux-iSCSI-Z iel eingesetzt, so dass Speicher über ein Netzwerk für jeden
beliebigen iSCSI-Initiator bereitgestellt wird.
Um das iSCSI-Z iel einzurichten, installieren Sie das scsi-target-utils-RPM und befolgen die
Anweisungen in: /usr/share/doc/scsi-target-utils-[version]/README und
/usr/share/doc/scsi-target-utils-[version]/README.iscsi
4. Driver Updates
General Driver/Platform Updates
Der Intel High Definition Audio T reiber in ALSA wurde aktualisiert.
Die High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) Audio Unterstützung auf AMD AT I integrierten
Chipsätzen wurde aktualisiert.
Die folgenden Wacom Grafiktabletts werden jetzt durch den T reiber linuxwacom unterstützt:
Cintiq 20WSX
Intuos3 4x6
20
4. D river Updates
Der T reiber lpfc für Emulex Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter wurde aktualisiert auf Version
8.2.0.33.2p. Dies wendet einige Upstream-Änderungen an, insbesondere:
Der NET LINK_SCSIT RANSPORT Socket wird nun verwendet.
Nicht initialisierter Knoten-Z ugriff behoben.
Fehler behoben, der ein Scheitern des Echotests bei aktiviertem NPIV verursachte.
fcauthd 1.19 ist nun erforderlich für Fibre Channel Authentifikation.
dm -m ultipath verfügt nun über Inbox-Unterstützung für IBM DS4000.
Der T reiber ixgbe unterstützt nun den 82598AT Dual Port Adapter sowie den 82598 CX4 Adapter.
der T reiber jsm wurde aktualisiert, und unterstützt nun Digi Neo PCI Express 4 HiProfile
I/O Adapter.
hp-ilo: T reiber hinzugefügt, unterstützt nun HP Integrated Lights Out (iLO) T echnologie.
Der T reiber radeon_tp wird in dieser Version nun vollständig unterstützt. Dieser T reiber
unterstützt die ATI R500/R600 Chipsätze.
Z usätzlich besitzt der T reiber die folgenden Fähigkeiten:
Setzen des Modus auf R500/R600 Chipsätzen
2D-Beschleunigung auf R500 Chipsätzen
Shadow-Framebuffer-Beschleunigung auf R600 Chipsätzen
Der T reiber powernow-k8 ist in dieser Version als ladbares Modul enthalten. Dadurch wird
gewährleistet, dass vorhandene T reiber Frameworks (wie der Red Hat Driver Update Model und Dell
DKMS) den Benutzern powernow-k8 T reiber-Aktualisierungen als RPM Pakete zur Verfügung
stellen kann, ohne dass diese ihren Kernel aktualisieren müssen.
In dieser Version fügt Red Hat wieder den T reiber pnm 2ppa ein, um veraltete Drucker zu
unterstützen. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass diese Unterstützung veraltet ist, und in zukünftigen
Hauptversionen nicht fortgeführt werden wird.
Der T reiber ccid wurde von Grund auf neu konzipiert, um zusätzlich USB Smartcard T astaturen zu
unterstützen.
der T reiber uvcvideo für USB Video Geräte wurde in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 dem Kernel
hinzugefügt.
Network
Der T reiber bnx2 für die Broadcom NetXtreme II Netzwerkkarten wurde aktualisiert auf Version 1.7.9.
Dieses Update korrigiert die Optionen des Ethernet-Ringpuffers bei Kontrollern, welche bnx2 nutzen
zur Behebung eines Bugs, der zu einem Panic beim Start führte.
Der T reiber e1000e für Intel PRO/1000 Ethernet Geräte wurde aktualisiert auf die Upstream
Version 0.3.3.3-k2. Durch diese Aktualisierung sind nun EEPROM und NVM von unterstützten
Geräten schreibgeschützt.
igb: T reiber für Intel Gigabit Ethernet Adapter wurde aktualisiert auf Version 1.2.45-k2, um nun auf
82576 basierende Geräte zu unterstützen.
der T reiber ixgbe für Intel(R) 10 Gigabit PCI Express Netzwerk Geräte wurde aktualisiert auf
Version 1.3.18-k4.
der T reiber niu wurde zu Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 hinzugefügt, und unterstützt nun 10Gbps
Ethernet Geräte auf Sun CP3220 Systemen.
Der T reiber ipw2100 und ipw2200 für Intel PRO Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red
Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.25.
der T reiber bcm 4 3xx für Broadcom Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise
Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.25.
die T reiber Komponente ieee80211 für Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat
21
Enterprise Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.25.
der T reiber zd1211rw für Z yDas Wireless Geräte wurde aktualisiert, so dass er der letzten nonmac80211 Version von vor Linux 2.6.25 entspricht.
der T reiber iwlwifi wurde aktualisiert auf Version 2.6.26 und bietet nun 802.11n Unterstützung für
iwl4 965 Wireless Geräte. Mehrere der in den T reibern der Versionen 2.6.26 und höher enthaltenen
Bugfixes sind ebenfalls im zurück portierten T reiber enthalten.
der T reiber m yri10ge für Myricom Myri-10G Ethernet Geräte wurde aktualisiert auf die Version
1.3.2-1.269.
der netxen-T reiber für NetXen Netzwerkkarten wurde aktualisiert auf Version 3.4.18.
Der T reiber bnx2x für Broadcom Everest Netzwerkgerätewurde aktualisiert auf Version 1.45.23, um
57711 Hardware zu unterstützen.
der T reiber forcedeth-m si wurde aktualisiert, um einen Fehler zu beheben, der die korrekte
Erkennung der Netzwerkverbindung verhinderte.
der T reiber ath5k für Atheros Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.26.
die T reiber rt2x00 für Ralink Wireless Geräte wurden zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.26.
die T reiber rtl8180 und rtl8187 für Realtek Wireless Geräte wurde zurück portiert auf Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.3 vom Linux Kernel 2.6.26.
Storage
3w-xxxx: T reiber für 3ware SAT A RAID Kontroller aktualisiert auf Version 1.26.03. Dies führt zu
einigen Upstream-Änderungen, insbesondere:
Fehler behoben, der zu Datenverlust führte beim Benutzen einer 3ware Karte der 7000er oder
8000er Serie in einem System mit mehr als 2GB RAM.
Anaconda bleibt in 64-bit Architekturen nicht mehr hängen beim Benutzen einer 3ware Karte der
8006er Serie in einem System mit mehr als 4GB RAM.
Der irq Handler wird nun freigegeben, wenn __tw_shutdown() ausgeführt wird. Dies verhindert
eine mögliche Nullzeiger-Dereferenz, falls ein Interrupt beim Herunterfahren gleichzeitig
verwendet wurde.
Das RCD-Bit zum zwischenspeichern der Mode Page ist nun aktiviert.
ioctl- und scsi-Resets sind nun in serielle Reihenfolge gebracht, so dass sie nicht mehr
miteinander kollidieren.
3w-9xxx: T reiber für 3ware SAT A RAID Kontroller aktualisiert auf Version 2.26.08. Dies führt zu
mehreren Upstream-Änderungen, insbesondere:
Der Aufruf pci_unm ap_single() funktioniert nun fehlerfrei in Systemen mit mehr als 4GB RAM
Fehler behoben, der langsame Schreibgeschwindigkeit verursachte.
Die Einstellung in der DMA Maske kehrt zurück zu 32-bit, falls 64-bit scheitert.
Z usätzliche Unterstützung für 3ware 9690SA SAS Controller Device.
m egaraid_sas: T reiber aktualisiert auf Version 4.01-rh1. Mehrere Bugfixes werden in diesem
Update angewendet, einschließlich:
MFI_POLL_T IMEOUT _SECS beträgt nun 60 Sekunden.
Fehler behoben, der zum ständigen Z urücksetzen der Chips und zu Befehl-T imeouts führte
aufgrund von Frame Count Calculation.
Z usätzliche Unterstützung der LSI Generation 2 Controller (0078, 0079).
Befehl zum Beenden von DCMD in der Beenden-Routine hinzugefügt, um das Beenden von
Firmware zu verbessern.
22
5. Kernel-Related Notes
Fehler behoben, der unerwartete Interrupts verursachte im Hardware Linux T reiber.
der T reiber qla2xxx für QLogic Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter wurde aktualisiert, um Karten vom
T yp ISP84XX zu unterstützen.
der T reiber ibm vscsi zum Emulieren von virtuellen SCSI (vSCSI) Geräten wurde aktualisiert, und
unterstützt nun virtuelle Bandgeräte.
lpfc: T reiber aktualisiert auf Version 8.2.0.30. Dieses Update enthält mehrere Bugfixes und
Verbesserungen, einschließlich:
Verbessertes Enhanced Error Handling (EEH) für PCI Adapter in PowerPC Architekturen
Größere Anzahl unterstützter virtueller NPIV Ports
Verbesserte T reiberlogik zur Steuerung der I/O Queue-T iefe
Z usätzliche Unterstützung für Fibre Channel über Ethernet (FCoE) Adapter
Booten vom SAN für neue Hardware wird nun unterstützt
Der T reiber cciss für HP Smart Array Kontroller wurde aktualisiert auf Version 3.6.20-RH2.
relayfs hatte bislang eine Größenbeschränkung des Puffers auf 64MB. In dieser Aktualisierung
wurde die Beschränkung des Speichers, welcher dem relayfs für "on-memory" Puffer zugewiesen
wird, auf 4095 MB erhöht. Dies erlaubt es SystemT ap und anderen T racing T ools, die relayfs
verwenden, mehr Ereignisse zu verfolgen.
Der T reiber für Dell Rem ote Access Controller 4 (DRAC4) war nicht vorhanden.
Infolgedessen wurden jegliche virtuellen Geräte des DRAC4 nicht vom Kernel erkannt. In dieser
Aktualisierung wurde nun das pata_sil680 Kernel-Modul hinzugefügt, welches die entsprechende
Unterstützung bietet und damit das Problem behebt.
Die Nachrichtenpuffer für die Relay-Schnittstelle wurden nur für bereits aktive CPUs zugewiesen,
wenn relay_open() aufgerufen wurde. Wenn eine inaktive CPU erst aktiviert wurde, nachdem
relay_open() bereits aufgerufen wurde, trat infolgedessen ein Kernel Panic auf. In dieser
Aktualisierung wird ein neuer Nachrichtenpuffer dynamisch zugewiesen, falls neue CPUs
hinzugefügt werden.
Der T reiber für 8250 basierte serielle Ports wurde aktualisiert, um nun DSR/DT R Hardware
Flusskontrolle zu unterstützen.
Unterstützung für Dell Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN)-Karten wurde zum Kernel hinzugefügt.
Folgende Geräte werden jetzt unterstützt:
Dell Wireless 5700 Mobile Broadband CDMA/EVDO Mini-Card
Dell Wireless 5500 Mobile Broadband HSDPA Mini-Card
Dell Wireless 5505 Mobile Broadband HSDPA Mini-Card
Dell Wireless 5700 Mobile Broadband CDMA/EVDO ExpressCard
Dell Wireless 5510 Mobile Broadband HSDPA ExpressCard
Dell Wireless 5720
Dell Wireless HSDPA 5520
Dell Wireless HSDPA 5520
Dell Wireless 5520 Voda I Mobile Broadband (3G HSDPA) Mini-Card
23
das thinkpad_acpi Kernel-Modul wurde aktualisiert, um erweiterte Unterstützung zu bieten für
neuere T hinkpad Modelle.
Der Soft Lockup Detektor kann dahingehend konfiguriert werden, dass ein Kernel Panic ausgelöst
wird statt einer Warnmeldung. Dies ermöglicht es dem Benutzer, im Falle eines Soft Lockups einen
Crash Speicherauszug zu erstellen und zwecks Fehlersuche zu analysieren.
Um den Soft Lockup Detektor für die Auslösung eines Kernel Panics zu konfigurieren, setzen Sie den
Kernel Parameter soft_lockup auf 1. Dieser Parameter ist standardmäßig eingestellt auf 0.
oprofile erkannte Prozessoren nicht korrekt, welche auf der Next-Generation Intel
Microarchitektur (Nehalem) basieren. Infolgedessen konnte der Systemmonitor nicht verwendet
werden, und der Prozessor griff zurück auf den T imer Interrupt. Der Kernel wurde nun aktualisiert,
um dieses Problem zu beheben.
Dem Kernel wurde Unterstützung hinzugefügt für den CPU Power State, C3, auf den NextGeneration Intel Microarchitekturen (Nehalem). Die Möglichkeit, in den C3-Modus einzutreten (auch
bekannt als Schlafmodus), verbessert die Energieeffizienz des CPUs im Leerlauf.
Previously, the MAX_ARG_PAGES limit that is set in the kernel was too low, and may have resulted in
the following error:
execve: Argument list too long
In this update, this limit has been increased to 25 percent of the stack size, which resolves this
issue.
autofs4 Aktualisierungen wurden zurück portiert auf Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 von der Linux
Kernel Version 2.6.27.
Mit Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 besteht nun die Möglichkeit, Speicherauszugdateien an ein
abgezweigtes Exemplar einer User Space-Applikation umzuleiten. Dies wird aktiviert, indem
|path/to/applicationin /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern platziert wird. Bei einem
Speicherauszug wird eine Kopie der angegebenen Anwendung ausgeführt, und der Speicherauszug
wird umgeleitet nach "stdin". Dies ermöglicht das Umleiten an ein verzweigtes Exemplar.
Die Datei /proc/cpuinfo zeigt nun die ID des Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers
(APIC) an, der von jedem einzelnen CPU verwendet wird.
Das Machine Check Exception (MCE) Kernel Subsystem wurde verbessert, um die für neuere
Systeme notwendigen, größeren Speicher-Konfigurationen zu unterstützen.
Der Mount-Befehl unterstützt nun die Kerberos Authentifizierung beim Anhängen eines Dateisystems
via Samba. Der sec=krb5 oder sec=krb5i Schalter erlaubt es dem Kernel, eine User Space
Anwendung aufzurufen (cifs.upcall), welche ein "SPNEGO" (Simple and Protected GSSAPI
Negotiation Mechanism) Sicherheits-"Blob" (Binary Large OBject) ausgibt. Der Kernel kann das BLOB
zur Authentifikation beim Server verwenden, und das entsprechende Dateisystem einhängen.
Falls Sie den Kernel Parameter kernel.unknown_nm i_panic auf einem System konfiguriert
haben, welches die IOAPIC NMI Watchdog Methode verwendet, könnte ein Kernel Panic auftreten.
Das rührt daher, dass der NMI Watchdog die Ursache des nicht-maskierbaren Hardwareinterrupts
(NMI) nicht sicher deaktivieren konnte.
In dieser Version wurde der NMI Watchdog Code dahingehend überarbeitet, so dass es Benutzern
nun möglich ist, die Ursache des NMIs sicher zu deaktivieren. Daher können Sie nun bedenkenlos
den Kernel Parameter kernel.unknown_nm i_panic konfigurieren auf Systemen, welche die
IOAPIC NMI Watchdog Methode verwenden.
Der powernowk8-T reiber führte keine ausreichende Prüfung der Anzahl der aktiven CPUs durch.
Infolgedessen wurde ggf. eine Kernel-Fehlermeldung "oops" beim Start des T reibers ausgegeben. In
24
dieser Aktualisierung stellt der powernowk8-T reiber sicher, dass die Anzahl der unterstützten
CPUs (supported_cpus) der Anzahl der aktiven CPUs (num _online_cpus) entspricht. Dieser
Fehler ist damit behoben.
CPUFreq, das Kernel Subsystem, welches CPU-Frequenz und -Spannung skaliert, wurde
aktualisiert mit verbesserter Unterstützung von Z ell Prozessoren. Diese Aktualisierung implementiert
einen CPUFreq-Governor, der eine Synergistic Processing Unit (SPU) beherrscht, und damit die
Energieverwaltung der Z ell Prozessoren verbessert.
Error Detection and Correction (EDAC) wird nun unterstützt auf der Cell Broadband Engine
Architektur in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3. Um EDAC zu aktivieren, verwenden Sie folgenden Befehl:
m odprobe cell_edac
Um zu kontrollieren, ob dieses Modul Ihrem laufenden Kernel hinzugefügt wurde, überprüfen Sie
check /var/log/dmesg auf eine Ausgabe wie die Folgende:
EDAC MC: Ver: 2.0.1 Oct 4 2008
EDAC MC0: Giving out device to cell_edac MIC: DEV cbe-mic
EDAC MC1: Giving out device to cell_edac MIC: DEV cbe-mic
Falls korrigierbare Speicherfehler gefunden werden, wird die folgende Mitteilung auf der Konsole
ausgegeben:
EDAC MC0: CE page 0xeff, offset 0x5700, grain 0, syndrome 0x51, row 0, channel
0, label "":
Das Debugging mit Hardware Watchpoints unter Verwendung einer Variablen, welche gemeinsam
benutzt wurde von mehreren T hreads, führte beim GNU Debugger (GDB) dazu, dass unregelmäßig
T rigger-Ereignisse ausgelassen wurden. Der Kernel wurde aktualisiert, so dass GDB nun lückenlos
die Watchpoint-T rigger empfängt, wodurch die Z uverlässigkeit des Debuggings verbessert wurde.
kprobe-booster wird nun auf ia64 und x86_64 Architekturen unterstützt, was dem Benutzer
erlaubt, Kernel Ereignisse sehr viel schneller zu überprüfen. Dieses Feature verringert außerdem
den durch Überprüfungstools (d.h. SystemT ap und Kprobes) verursachten Overhead auf Servern,
die auf 64-bit Architekturen laufen.
Unterstützung für die Objekte _PT C (Processor T hrottling Control), _T SS (T hrottling Supported
States) und _T PC (T hrottling Present Capabilities) wurde dem Kernel hinzugefügt. Diese
Unterstützung, die T eil ist der Advance Configuration and Power Interface specification (ACPI), bietet
verbesserte Handhabung des Prozessor T hrottlings.
In zipl.conf, parameters enclosed with double quotes inside of single quotes (ie
param eters='vm halt="LOGOFF"') were being parsed incorrectly. Consequently, installing the
kernel-kdump package may have failed, resulting in the error:
grubby fatal error: unable to find a suitable template
T o resolve this issue, parameters should be enclosed with single quotes inside of double quotes (ie
param eters="vm halt='LOGOFF'")
25
Anmerkung
Die Syntax-Struktur von einfachen Anführungszeichen innerhalb von doppelten
Anführungszeichen ist Standard in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.
Der Dual-Core Intel Itanium 2 Prozessor schrieb die Machine Check Architecture (MCA) Einträge
anders als vorhergehende Intel Itanium Prozessoren. Die Z iel-Identifier zur Überprüfung des
Z wischenspeichers und des Bus können nun unter Umständen anders sein. Der Kernel wurde
aktualisiert, um den richtigen Z iel-Identifier zu finden.
kprobe-booster wird nun auf ia64 und x86_64 Architekturen unterstützt, was dem Benutzer
erlaubt, Kernel Ereignisse sehr viel schneller zu überprüfen. Dieses Feature verringert außerdem
den durch Überprüfungstools (d.h. SystemT ap und Kprobes) verursachten Overhead auf Servern,
die auf 64-bit Architekturen laufen.
In dieser Aktualisierung wurde Unterstützung von pselect() und ppoll() Systemaufrufen dem
Kernel hinzugefügt.
6. Virtualization
T his section contains information about updates made to Red Hat Enterprise Linux suite of Virtualization
tools.
Das blktap (blocktap) Userspace-T oolkit wurde aktualisiert und bietet die Funktionalität zur
Beobachtung der T ransferstatistiken von durch blktap gestützten virtualisierten Gästen.
Support für das Intel Extended Page T able (EPT ) Feature wurde hinzugefügt, wodurch die
Performance vollständig virtualisierter Gäste auf EPT unterstützender Hardware verbessert wurde.
Die e1000-Netzwerkgerätemulation wurde diesem Update hinzugefügt, die nur Windows 2003
Gäste auf der ia64 Architektur unterstützt. Z ur Verwendung der e1000 Emulation, muss der xmBefehl verwendet werden.
T reiber für virtio, die Plattform für I/O-Virtualisierung in KVM, wurden zu Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.3 von Linux Kernel 2.6.27 backportiert. Diese T reiber ermöglichen es KVM-Gästen, eine höhere
Ebene von I/O-Performance zu erreichen. Verschiedene Userspace-Komponenten wie: anaconda,
kudzu, lvm , selinux und m kinitrd wurden ebenfalls aktualisiert, um Support für virtio Geräte zu
liefern.
Der native Linux Kernel unterstützt vm coreinfo automatisch, um aber kdump in dom0-Domains zu
erstellen, wurde das kernel-xen-debuginfo-Paket benötigt. In dieser Release wurden Kernel
und Hypervisor bearbeitet und unterstützen jetzt vmcoreinfo Reading und kdump Writing. Benutzer,
die kdump zum Debugging oder anderen Nachforschungen auf dom0-Domains benötigen können
dies jetzt ohne debuginfo oder debuginfo-com m on-Pakete tun.
Bei vollständig virtualisierte Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Gäste hatten keine optimale Performance bei
der Verwendung von emulierten Disk und Netzwerkgeräten. Dieses Update enthält das kmod-xenpvPaket zur Vereinfachung der Verwendung paravirtualisierter Disks und Netzwerke in vollständig
virtualisierten Gästen.
Die Verwendung dieser T reiber bei vollständig virtualiserten Gästen kann die Performance und
Funktionalität signifikant verbessern. Für Netfront- und Blockfront-T reiber vorgenommene
Fehlerbehebungen werden sofort realisiert und mit dem Kernelpaket synchronisiert.
26
6. Virtualization
Gäste haben jetzt die Möglichkeit auf die 2MB Backing Page Speichertabellen zuzugreifen, die die
Performance des Systems verbessern.
Das Abschalten eines paravirtualisierten Gastes konnte dazu führen, dass dom0 für eine bestimmte
Z eit nicht mehr reagierte. Es kam zu einem Z eitverzug von mehreren Sekunden bei Gästen mit viel
Speicherauslastung (d.h. 12GB und darüber). In diesem Update gestattet der virtualisierte Kernel die
Abschaltung eines großen eines paravirtualisierten Gastes entziehbar (preemptible) zu sein,
wodurch dieses Problem gelöst wird.
crash was unable to read the relocation address of the hypervisor from a vmcore file. Consequently,
opening a Virtualized kernel vmcore file with crash would fail, resulting in the error:
crash: cannot resolve "idle_pg_table_4"
In this update, the hypervisor now saves the address correctly, which resolves this issue.
Paravirtualisierte Gäste konnten ehemals maximal 16 Geräte besitzen. In diesem Update wurde das
Maximum auf 256 Disk-Geräte erhöht.
Für den kdump-Kernel reservierter Speicher war inkorrekt, wodurch es zu unbrauchbaren CrashDumps kam. In diesem Update ist die Speicherreservierung korrekt, so dass korrekte Crash-Dumps
generiert werden.
Das Anhängen einer Disk mit einem bestimmten Namen (d.h. /dev/xvdaa, /dev/xvdab,
/dev/xvdbc usw.) an einen paravirtualisierten Gast führte zu einem korrumpierten /dev-Gerät
innerhalb des Gastes. Dieses Update löst dieses Problem, so dass das Anhängen von Disks mit
diesen Namen an einen paravirtualisierten Gast ein ordnungsgemäßes /dev-Gerät innerhalb des
Gastes erstellt.
Die Anzahl der Loopback-Geräte war ehemals auf 4 beschränkt. In folge war der Bau von Brücken
auf Systemen mit mehr als 4 Netzwerk-Interfaces eingeschränkt. In diesem Update erstellt der
netloop-T reiber jetzt wie benötigt zusätzliche Loopback-Geräte.
Beim Erstellen und Auflösen von Netzwerkgeräten kam es zu einer Wettlaufsituation. In einigen
Fällen — insbesondere bei hoher Auslastung — führte dies dazu, dass das virtuelle Gerät nicht
antwortete. In diesem Update wird der Status des virtuellen Geräts geprüft, so dass das Auftreten
einer Wettlaufsituation verhindert wird.
Es kam zu einem Speicherleck in virt-m anager, wenn die Anwendung laufen gelassen wurde. In
Folge verbrauchte die Anwendung mehr Ressourcen, was zu einem dramatischen Speicherverlust
führen konnte. In diesem Update wurde das Speicherleck behoben und dieses Problem gelöst.
the crash utility could not analyze x86_64 vmcores from systems running kernel-xen because
the Red Hat Enterprise Linux hypervisor was relocatable and the relocated physical base address is
not passed in the vmcore file's ELF header. T he new --xen_phys_start command line option for
the crash utility allows the user to pass crash the relocated base physical address.
Nicht alles Mausereignisse wurden durch Paravirtual Fram e Buffer (PVFB) festgehalten
und verarbeitet. Das Scroll-Rädchen funktionierte daher nicht bei der Interaktion mit einem
paravirtualisierten Gast mit der Virtual Machine Console. In diesem Update ist dieses Problem
behoben.
Die Verwendung von Virtualisierung mit einer großen Anzahl von CPUs konnte zum Absturz des
Hypervisor während der Gastinstallation führen. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben.
Bei Intel Prozessoren, die einen CPUID Family-Value von 6 widergeben, war nur ein PerformanceCounter-Register in kernel-xen aktiviert. Deshalb lieferte nur Counter 0 Samples. In diesem
27
Update wurde dieses Problem behoben.
On systems with newer CPU's, the CPU APIC ID differs from the CPU ID. Consequently, the
virtualized kernel was unable to initialize CPU frequency scaling. In this update, the virtualized kernel
now retrieves CPU APIC ID from the hypervisor, allowing CPU frequency scaling to be initialized
properly.
Lief ein x86 paravirtualisierter Gast und ein Vorgang griff auf ungültigen Speicher zu, so lief ein Loop
statt das ein SEGV-Signal eingeholt wurde. Dies führte zu einem Fehler bei der Überprüfung der
execshield unter dem Hypervisor. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben.
A xend bug that previously caused guest installation failures is now fixed.
Beim evtchn-Ereignis Kanalgerät (Event Channel Device) fehlten Sperren und Speicherbarrieren.
Dies führte dazu, dass xenstore nicht mehr reagierte. In diesem Update wurde das Problem
behoben.
Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) Informationen wurden nicht mit dem xm info-Befehl
angezeigt. In Folge wurde der node_to_cpu-Wert für jeden Node inkorrekt als no cpus
widergegeben. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben.
Das Erstellen eines Gastes auf einer Hardware Virtual Machine (HVM) schlug ehemals bei VT -i2
T echnologie verwendenden Prozessoren fehl. Mit diesem Update ist dieses Problem behoben.
6.2.4 . x86_64 Architectures
Waren die für virtuelle Maschinen von Gästen verfügbaren Dynamic IRQs ausgeschöpft, so crashte
der dom 0-Kernel. In diesem Update wurde das Problem behoben, und die ANzahl verfügbarer IRQs
wurde erhöht.
On systems with newer CPU's, the CPU APIC ID differs from the CPU ID. Consequently, the
virtualized kernel was unable to initialize CPU frequency scaling. In this update, the virtualized kernel
now retrieves CPU APIC ID from the hypervisor, allowing CPU frequency scaling to be initialized
properly.
6.3. Known Issues
Auf Medien im Diskettenlaufwerk kann bei Verwendung des virtualisierten Kernels nicht zugegriffen
werden. Um dieses Problem zu umgehen, verwenden Sie ein USB-angehängtes Diskettenlaufwerk.
Medien im Diskettenlaufwerk funktionieren problemlos mit anderen nicht-virtualisierten Kernels.
In live migrations of paravirtualized guests, time-dependent guest processes may function improperly
if the corresponding hosts' (dom0) times are not synchronized. Use NT P to synchronize system
times for all corresponding hosts before migration.
Wird ein paravirtualisierter Gast wiederholt zwischen zwei Hosts migriert, kann ein Host ggf. mit
einem Panic abstürzen. Wird ein Host neu gebootet, nachdem ein Gast aus dem System heraus
migriert wurde und bevor er erneut auf denselben Gast migriert wird, tritt dieser Panic nicht auf.
Das Formattieren einer Disk als Gast während Windows 2008 oder Windows Vista läuft kann zum
Absturz führen, wenn der Gast mit mehreren virtuellen CPUs gebootet hat. Um dies zu vermeiden,
booten Sie den Gast beim Formattieren mit einer einzelnen virtuellen CPU.
Vollständig virtualisierte und durch virt-m anager erstellte Gäste hindern die Maus manchmal
28
6. Virtualization
daran sich frei über den Bildschirm hinweg zu bewegen. Verwenden Sie virt-m anager um dies zu
umgehen und eine USB T ablet-Gerät für den Gast zu konfigurieren.
Die maximalen CPUs müssen auf weniger als 128 beschränkt werden, wenn auf einem 128 oder
größeren CPU-System. Das derzeit unterstützte Maximum liegt bei 126. Verwenden Sie das
m axcpus=126-Hypervisor Argument, um den Hypervisor auf 126 zu beschränken.
Vollständig virtualisierte Gäste können durch Domain pause/unpause bedingte Z eitverluste nicht
korrigieren. Es gehört zu den Vorteilen paravirtualisierter Kernels, dass die Z eit bei pause/unpause
Vorgängen verfolgt werden kann. Dieses Problem wird Upstream mit ersetzbaren T imern
angesprochen, so dass vollständig virtualisierte Gäste paravirtualisierte T imer besitzen. Z um
derzeitigen Z eitpunkt befindet sich dieser Code in Entwicklung Upstream und sollte in späteren
Versionen von Red Hat Enterprise Linux verfügbar sein.
Wiederholte Migration paravirtualisierter Gäste kann zu bad m pa-Meldungen auf der dom 0-Konsole
führen. In einigen Fällen kann es auch zu einer Panik des Hypervisors kommen.
Um eine Hypervisor Kernel-Panik zu vermeiden, starten Sie die migrierten Gäste nachdem die
negativen mpa-Nachrichten erscheinen erneut.
Beim Einstellen des Interface-Bonding auf dom 0 kann es vorkommen, dass das Standard networkbridge-Skript dazu führt, dass Netzwerk-Interfaces aletrnierend zwischen unavailable und
available wechseln. Dieser Vorgang wird als flapping bezeichnet.
Um dem vorzubeugen ersetzen Sie die standardmäßige network-script-Z eile in
/etc/xen/xend-config.sxp durch folgende Z eile:
(network-script network-bridge-bonding netdev=bond0)
Hierdurch wird das netloop-Gerät deaktiviert, wodurch verhindert wird, dass das Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) Monitoring während des Adressentransfervorgangs (address transfer process)
fehlschlägt.
When running multiple guest domains, guest networking may temporarily stop working, resulting in
the following error being reported in the dom0 logs:
Memory squeeze in netback driver
T o work around this, raise the amount of memory available to the dom0 with the dom 0_m em
hypervisor command line option.
Migrating paravirtualized guests through xm m igrate [domain] [dom0 IP address] does not
work.
When installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 on a fully virtualized SMP guest, the installation may
freeze. T his can occur when the host (dom 0) is running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2.
Stellen Sie den Gast so ein, dass er nur einen Prozessor während der Installation verwendet. Dies
können Sie mit der Option --vcpus=1 in virt-install tun. Sobald die Installation abgeschlossen
ist, können Sie den Gast auf SMP setzen, indem Sie die zugewiesenen vcpus in virt-manager
anpassen.
work.
Installing the Virtualization feature may cause a tim e went backwards warning on HP systems
29
with model numbers xw9300 and xw9400.
Um dieses Problem auf xw9400-Maschinen zu umgehen, aktivieren Sie in den BIOS-Einstellungen
den HPET -T imer. Beachten Sie, dass diese Option für xw9300-Maschinen nicht zur Verfügung steht.
Installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.9 on a fully virtualized guest may be extremely slow. In addition,
booting up the guest after installation may result in hda: lost interrupt errors.
Um diesen Bootup-Fehler zu vermeiden, konfigurieren Sie den Gast so, dass er den SMP-Kernel
verwendet.
Upgrading a host (dom 0) system to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 may render existing Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 4.5 SMP paravirtualized guests unbootable. T his is more likely to occur when the
host system has more than 4GB of RAM.
Booten Sie als provisorische Lösung jeden Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 Gast in Single-CPU-Modus
und aktualisieren dessen Kernel auf die aktuellste Version (für Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5.z).
6.3.4 . ia64 Architecture
work.
On some Itanium systems configured for console output to VGA, the dom 0 virtualized kernel may fail
to boot. T his is because the virtualized kernel failed to properly detect the default console device
from the Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) settings.
Falls dies auftritt, können Sie, um dies zu umgehen, den Boot-Parameter console=tty zu den
Kernel-Boot-Optionen in /boot/efi/elilo.conf hinzufügen.
On some Itanium systems (such as the Hitachi Cold Fusion 3e), the serial port cannot be detected in
dom 0 when VGA is enabled by the EFI Maintenance Manager. As such, you need to supply the
following serial port information to the dom 0 kernel:
Geschwindigkeit in Bits/Sekunde
Anzahl der Daten-Bits
Parität
io_base-Adresse
Diese Details müssen in der Z eile append= des dom 0-Kernels in /boot/efi/elilo.conf
angegeben werden. Z um Beispiel:
append="com 1=19200,8n1,0x3f8 -- quiet rhgb console=tty0
console=ttyS0,19200n8"
In diesem Beispiel ist com 1 der serielle Port, 19200 die Geschwindigkeit (in Bits/Sekunde), 8n1 gibt
die Einstellungen bezüglich der Anzahl der Daten-Bits/Parität an und 0x3f8 ist die io_baseAdresse.
Virtualization does not work on some architectures that use Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA).
As such, installing the virtualized kernel on systems that use NUMA will result in a boot failure.
Einige Installationsnummern installieren den virtualisierten Kernel standardmäßig. Falls Sie eine
solche Installationsnummer besitzen und Ihr System NUMA verwendet und nicht mit kernel-xen
arbeitet, wählen Sie die Virtualisierungsoption während der Installation nicht aus.
Currently, live migration of fully virtualized guests is not supported on this architecture. In addition,
kexec and kdum p are also not supported for virtualization on this architecture.
7. Technology Previews
Technology Preview features are currently not supported under Red Hat Enterprise Linux subscription
services, may not be functionally complete, and are generally not suitable for production use. However,
30
these features are included as a customer convenience and to provide the feature with wider exposure.
Customers may find these features useful in a non-production environment. Customers are also free to
provide feedback and functionality suggestions for a T echnology Preview feature before it becomes fully
supported. Erratas will be provided for high-severity security issues.
During the development of a T echnology Preview feature, additional components may become available
to the public for testing. It is the intention of Red Hat to fully support T echnology Preview features in a
future release.
ALUA-Modus auf EMC Clariion
Der explizite aktiv-passiv Failover-Modus (ALUA) unter Verwendung von dm -m ultipath auf
EMC Clariion Speichergeräten wird nun unterstützt. Dieser Modus wird als T 10-Spezifikation
zur Verfügung gestellt, jedoch nur als eine T echnologievorschau in diesem Release.
For more information about T 10, refer to http://www.t10.org.
ext4
Die neueste Generation des ext-Dateisystems ext4 ist in dieser Release als
T echnologievorschau verfügbar. Ext4 ist eine schrittweise Verbesserung des von Red Hat
und der Linux Community entwickelten ext3-Dateisystems. Der Release-Name des
Dateisystems für die T echnologievorschau lautet ext4 dev.
Das Dateisystem wird durch das ext4 dev.ko-Kernelmodul und ein neues e4 fsprogs-Paket,
das aktualisierte Versionen der bekannten e2fsprogs Administrationstools zur Verwendung mit
ext4 enthält, bereitgestellt. Um dies zu verwenden, installieren Sie e4 fsprogs und verwenden
Sie dann Befehle wie m kfs.ext4 dev aus dem e4fsprogs-Programm zur Erstellung eines
ext4-base Dateisystems. Beim Bezug auf das Dateisystem bei einer Einhänge-Befehlszeile
oder fstab-Datei verwenden Sie den Dateisystemnamen ext4 dev.
FreeIPMI
FreeIPMI ist nun als T echnologievorschau Bestandteil dieser Aktualisierung. FreeIPMI ist eine
Sammlung von Intelligent Platform Management IPMI System-Software. Es bietet In-Band- und
Out-Of-Band-Software, parallel zur Entwicklungsbibliothek, die mit den Intelligent Platform
Management Interface (IPMI v1.5 and v2.0) Standards übereinstimmt.
For more information about FreeIPMI, refer to http://www.gnu.org/software/freeipmi/
T rouSerS und tpm-tools
TrouSerS und tpm -tools sind in diesem Release enthalten, um die Verwendung von Trusted
Platform Module (T PM) Hardware zu ermöglichen. T PM-Hardware-Features umfassen (neben
anderen):
Sicheres Erstellen, Speichern und Verwenden von RSA-Schlüsseln (ohne dass diese im
Speicher dargelegt werden)
Verifizierung des Software-Status einer Plattform unter Verwendung kryptografischer
Hashes
TrouSerS ist eine Implementierung der T rusted Computing Group's Software Stack (T SS)
Specification. Sie können T rouSerS dazu verwenden, Applikationen zu schreiben, die T PMHardware nutyen. tpm -tools ist ein Satz von T ools zur Verwaltung und Nutzung von T PMHardware.
31
For more information about T rouSerS, refer to http://trousers.sourceforge.net/.
eCryptfs
eCryptfs ist ein gestapeltes kryptografisches Dateisystem für Linux. Es wird in individuellen
Verzeichnissen in bereits eingehängten, untergeordneten Dateisystemen wie EXT 3 eingehängt.
Die vorhandenen Partitionen oder Dateisysteme müssen nicht geändert werden, um mit der
Verwendung von eCryptfs zu beginnen.
Mit dieser Release basiert eCryptfs nun auf Upstream Version 56, die mehrere
Fehlerbehebungen und Verbesserungen bietet. Au-erdem liefert dieses Update ein grafisches
Programm, das bei der Konfiguration von eCryptfs (ecryptfs-m ount-helper-gui) hilft.
Dieses Update ändert auch die Syntax bestimmter eCryptfs/Einhängeoptionen. Falls Sie sich
dafür entscheiden, dies zu dieser Version von eCryptfs zu aktualisieren, so sollten Sie alle
betroffenen Einhängeskripte und /etc/fstab-Einträge aktualisieren. Informationen zu diesen
Änderungen finden Sie unter m an ecryptfs.
Folgende Warnhinweise gelten für diese Release von eCryptfs:
Beachten Sie, dass das eCryptfsDateisystem nur dann ordnungsgemäß funktioniert, wenn
das verschlüsselte Dateisystem einmal über dem zugrunde liegenden Verzeichnis gleichen
Namens eingehängt ist. Z um Beispiel:
mount -t ecryptfs /mnt/secret /mnt/secret
Der gesicherte T eil des Dateisystems sollte nicht offengelegt sein, d.h. nicht an anderen
Einhängepunkten (Mount Points), Einbindepunkten (Bind Points) u.ä. eingehängt sein.
eCryptfs hängt an genetzwerkten Dateisystemen ein (z.B. NFS, Samba), funktioniert nicht
ordnungsgemäß.
Diese Version des eCryptfs-Kerneltreibers benötigt aktualisierten Userspace, der durch
ecryptfs-utils-56-4 .el5 oder neuer bereitgestellt wird.
For more information about eCryptfs, refer to http://ecryptfs.sf.net. You can also refer to
http://ecryptfs.sourceforge.net/README and http://ecryptfs.sourceforge.net/ecryptfs-faq.html for
basic setup information.
Stateless-Linux
Stateless-Linux ist eine neue Denkweise, wie ein System betrieben und verwaltet werden soll.
Es ist dafür gedacht, die Versorgung und das Management einer großen Anzahl von Systemen
zu vereinfachen, indem diese leicht austauschbar sind. Dies wird in erster Linie durch die
Herstellung präparierter System-Images erreicht, die repliziert und über eine große Anzahl von
zustandlosen (stateless) Systemen mit einem Betriebssystem in einem read-only-Status
hinweg verwaltet werden (bitte werfen Sie einen Blick auf /etc/sysconfig/readonly-root
für weitere Einzelheiten).
In diesem derzeitigen Entwicklungsstatus sind die Stateless-Features eine T eilmenge der
beabsichtigten Z iele. Als solche ist ihre T auglichkeit derzeit als "T echnologievorschau"-Status
gekennzeichnet.
Interessenten für das T esten von zustandlosem (stateless) Code, wird dringend empfohlen, die
HOWT Os unter http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/StatelessLinux/HOWT O zu lesen und Mitglied der
Liste [email protected] zu werden.
32
Die ersten Bestandteile, die Stateless Linux ermöglichten, wurden ursprünglich in Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5 eingeführt.
AIGLX
AIGLX ist ein T echnologievorschau-Feature des ansonsten komplett unterstützten X-Servers.
Es hat die Absicht, GL-beschleunigte Effekte auf einem Standard-Desktop zu aktivieren. Das
Projekt besteht aus den folgenden Komponenten:
Ein geringfügig modifizierter X-Server.
Ein aktualisiertes Mesa-Paket, das Support für neue Protokolle hinzufügt.
Wenn Sie diese Komponenten installieren, können Sie GL-beschleunigte Effekte auf Ihrem
Desktop mit sehr wenigen Änderungen nutzen. Weiterhin haben Sie die Möglichkeit, diese nach
Belieben zu aktivieren, bzw. zu deaktivieren, ohne den X-Server zu ersetzen. AIGLX ermöglicht
es außerdem Remote-GLX-Anwendungen, die Vorteile von Hardware-GLX-Beschleunigung zu
nutzen.
FireWire
Das Modul firewire-sbp2 wird im Rahmen dieser Aktualisierung weiterhin als
T echnologievorschau eingebunden. Dieses Modul ermöglicht die Verbindung mit FireWire
Speichergeräten und Scannern.
Derzeit unterstützt FireWire Folgendes nicht:
IPv4
pcilynx Host-Kontroller
multi-LUN Speichergeräte
Nicht-exklusiver Z ugriff auf Speichergeräte
Z usätzlich bestehen die folgenden Probleme in dieser Version von FireWire weiterhin:
ein Speicherleck im SBP2-T reiber kann dazu führen, dass die Maschine nicht mehr
antwortet.
ein Code in dieser Version funktioniert nicht ordnungsgemäß auf "big-endian"-Maschinen.
Dies kann zu unerwartetem Verhalten auf PowerPCs führen.
ktune
Diese Release enthält ktune (aus dem ktune-Paket), einen Dienst, der mehrere KernelFeinabstimmungsparameter auf für bestimmte Systemprofile passende Werte setzt. Derzeit
bietet ktune nur ein Profil für Großspeicher-Systeme, die Disk- und Netzwerk-intensive
Anwendungen ausführen.
Die durch ktune gelieferten Einstellungen setzen diejenigen in /etc/sysctl.conf oder
durch die Kernel-Befehlszeile nicht außer Kraft. ktune ist möglicherweise für einige Systeme
und Arbeitsbelastungen nicht geeignet; testen Sie dies ausgiebig ehe Sie es in der Produktion
deployen.
Sie können jeden Konfigurationsatz durch ktune deaktivieren und zu Ihren regulären
Einstellungen zurückkehren, indem Sie einfach den ktune-Dienst mittels service ktune
stop (als Root) stoppen.
33
SGPIO Support für dmraid
Serial General Purpose Input Output (SGPIO) ist eine dem Industriestandard entsprechende
Kommunikationsmethode, die zwischen einer Hauptplatine (Main Board) und verschiedenen
internen und externen Bay Enclosures der Hard Disc Anwendung findet. Diese Methode kann
zur Steuerung von LED-Lichtern an einer Enclosure durch das AHCI T reiber-Interface
verwendet werden.
In dieser Release ist SGPIO-Support in dmraid als T echnologievorschau enthalten. Dies
gestattet es dmraid ordnungsgemäß mit Disk Enclosures zu funktionieren.
GCC 4 .3
Die Gnu Compiler Collection version 4.3 (GCC4.3) ist jetzt in dieser Release als eine
T echnologievorschau enthalten. Diese Sammlung von Compilern enthält C, C++ und Fortran 95
Compiler sowie Support-Bibliotheken.
Beachten Sie, dass in den gcc4 3-Paketen der Standard für die gnu89-inline-Option zu fgnu89-inline geändert wurde, wobei Upstream und zukünftige Aktualisierungen von Red
Hat Enterprise Linux 5 standardmäßig -fno-gnu89-inline sein werden. Dies ist notwendig,
weil viele als T eil von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 vertriebenen Header GNU in-line Semantik
statt ISO C99 Semantik erwarten. Diese Headers wurden nicht angepasst, um GNU in-line
Semantik durch Attribute anzufordern.
Kernel T racepoint Facility
In diesem Update wurde ein neuer Kernel Marker/T racepoint Facility als T echnologievorschau
implementiert. Dieses Interface fügt dem Kernel statische T estpunkte zur Verwendung mit
T ools wie etwa SystemT ap hinzu.
Device Failure Monitoring von RAID Sets
Device Failure Monitoring unter Verwendung der T ools dmraid und dmevent_tool sind in Red
Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 als T echnologievorschau enthalten. Dies ermöglicht die Beobachtung
und Meldung von Gerätefehlfunktionen auf Gerätekomponenten von RAID Sets.
8. Resolved Issues
Die Daten für Aktivitätsberichte des T T Y-Geräts wurden nicht ordnungsgemäß generiert. Der sar y-Befehl schlug daher fehl und meldete den folgenden Fehler:
Requested activities not available in file (dt. Angeforderte Aktivitäten nicht
in der Datei verfügbar)
In diesem aktualisierten Paket ist sar korrigiert, so dass die -y Option die Aktivität des T T Y-Geräts
anzeigt.
Z uvor hinderte die Einstellung von m ax_fds auf unlim ited in /etc/m ultipath.conf den
multipathd-Daemon am Starten. Falls die Anzahl offener Datei-Deskriptoren auf das SystemMaximum gesetzt werden muss, so sollte m ax_fds auf m ax eingestellt werden.
34
8. Resolved Issues
mod_perl ist jetzt auf Version 2.0.4 rebasiert, der aktuellsten Upstream Release. Dieses Update
wendet mehrere Updates an, darunter einen Bug-Fix, der es mod_perl jetzt gestattet,
ordnungsgemäß mit Bugzilla 3.0 zu arbeiten.
cups basiert jetzt auf Version 1.3.7. Dieses Update beinhaltet mehrere Fehlerbehebungen und
Verbesserungen, darunter:
Kerberos Authentifikation wird nun unterstützt
Benutzerdefinierte Drucker- und Job-Richtlinien werden jetzt ordnungsgemäß geladen.
Remote Warteschleifen-Chaches werden nicht mehr geladen, wenn das Browsing deaktiviert ist.
Die classes.conf-Konfigurationsdatei besitzt jetzt die korrekten Genehmigungen.
lm _sensors basiert nun auf Version 2.10.7. Dieses Update beinhaltet mehrere UpstreamVerbesserungen und Fehlerbehebungen, darunter einen Fix, der verhindert, dass libsensors mit
einer General parse error-Nachricht abstürzt, wenn k8tem p ebenfalls geladen wird.
Die Aktualisierung von elfutils im Rahmen dieser Release behebt nun die folgenden Fehler:
Das eu-readelf-Dienstprogramm stürtzte beim Lesen bestimmter Eingabe-Dateien ab.
Das eu-strip-DIenstprogramm wird in den rpm build-Vorgängen verwendet, die neue
Binärdatei-Pakete erstellen. Dabei werden Informationen zur Fehlerbehebung von ausführbarem
Code getrennt, um -debuginfo-Pakete zu erstellen. Ein Fehler bei diesem Dienstprogramm
führte dazu, dass unbrauchbare Informationen zur Fehlerbehebung für ET _REL-Dateien auf der
s390-Plattform auftraten; dies betrifft Moduldateien des Linux-Kernels (.ko.debug) und führte
dazu, dass die generierten kernel-debuginfo-Pakete nicht mit Systemtap auf s390
funktionierten.
vnc-server ist nun auf Version 4.1.2-14.el5 abgestimmt. Dieses Update enthält die folgenden
Fehlerbehebungen:
Ein Fehler, der vncserver am Drucken von Fehlermeldungen hinderte, wenn Xvnc nicht startete,
ist jetzt behoben.
Xvnc verwendet nicht mehr die falsche Root Window Depth; es wird nun die korrekte Window
Depth verwendet, wie sie durch die -depth-Option festgelegt wird.
Ein Fehler, der dazu führte, dass das libvnc.so-Modul den X-Server zum Absturz brachte, ist
nun behoben.
Xvnc unterstützt jetzt GLX- und RENDER-Erweiterungen auf allen Architekturen.
smartmontools basiert nun auf Version 5.38. Dieses Update verbessert die Autodetection von
Hardware-Geräten, verbessert den Support für CCISS RAID Arrays und bietet eine größere
Datenbank unterstützter Geräte.
Dieses Update behebt außerdem einen Fehler bei dem SELinux smartmontools and der
Überwachung von 3ware RAID-Geräten hinderte. smartmontools ckann solche Geräte jetzt
ordnungsgemäß überwachen.
python-urlgrabber basiert nun auf Version 3.1.0-5. Dadurch werden mehrere Fehler von Upstream
behoben, darunter:
yum kann nun ordnungsgemäß erneut aus einem yum -Repository downloaden, das T eilDownloads nicht unterstützt.
yum kann nun mit einem unterbrochenen Download fortfahren, selbst wenn das yum -Repository
mit einem festgelegten Port FT P-basiert ist.
Die Größe des Ladebalkens ist jetzt dynamisch zur T erminalbreite. Außerdem sind die
Ladebalken nun übersichtlicher und zeigen einen Prozentsatz der insgesamt heruntergeladenen
Daten an.
Das keepalive-Signal von python-urlgrabber funktioniert nun problemlos. In der
Vergangenheit hatte ein Fehler bei diesem Signal dazu geführt, dass es während Download zu
einer Erhöhung des Speichergebrauchs kam; außerdem verhinderte dieser Fehler die
35
ordnungsgemäße Funktionsweise von reposync und yumdownloader beim Herunterladen
großer Mengen an Paketen.
T hunderbird basiert nun auf Version 1.1.16. Es wurden mehrere Fehler behoben, darunter:
yum update --security findet jetzt alte, relevante Sicherheits-Updates.
yum -versionlock funktioniert jetzt ordnungsgemäß bei veralteten Paketen.
Dieses Update enthält auch den yum -fastestm irror-Plugin, der es yum ermöglicht, das
schnellste Repository in einer Mirror-Liste zu wählen.
Samba basiert nun auf Upstream Version 3.2.0. Dadurch werden mehrere Fehler behoben, darunter
einer, der Benutzer daran hinderte Windows 2003 verwendende Domains als ihren Name-Server zu
nutzen. Außerdem behebt dieses Update einen Fehler, der dazu führte, dass die Mitgliedschaft bei
der samba-Domain nach Änderung des Systempassworts mittels net rpc changetrustpw
unterbrochen wurde.
For a more comprehensive list of upstream samba updates included this release, refer to
http://www.samba.org/samba/history/samba-3.0.32.html
OpenLDAP basiert nun auf Upstream Version 2.3.43. Mehrere Upstream Fehler wurden dabei
behoben, darunter:
Das init-Skript meldet jetzt eine Warnung, wenn der slapd-Daemon eine T LS-Z ertifikatsdatei
nicht lesen kann.
Alle Bibliotheken im openldap-debuginfo-Paket sind jetzt unstripped.
Die Deinstallation des openldap-devel-Pakets, führt nicht mehr zu Schäden an den
OpenLDAP-Bibliotheken.
Red Hat distribuiert jetzt zusätzliche Overlays für OpenLDAP-Server. Außer syncprov befinden sich
alle Overlays in separaten openldap-servers-overlays-Paketen, die als dynamisch ladbare
Module kompiliert sind. Das syncprov-Overlay ist statisch zum OpenLDAP-Server verlinkt, um die
Kompatibilität mit älteren OpenLDAP-Releases zu gewährleisten.
Da bei der xterm Binärdatei das gesetzte Gruppen-ID (setgid) Bit konfiguriert war, waren
bestimmte Umgebungsvariablen (wie LD_LIBRARY_PAT H und T MPDIR) nicht gesetzt. In dieser
Release sind bei der xterm -Binärdatei jetzt die Modus 0755-Genehmigungen konfiguriert, wodurch
dieses Problem behoben ist.
T he recommended method for balancing the load on NIS servers when multiple machines are
connecting with ypbind has changed with this release. T he ypbind daemon's behavior has not
changed: it still pings all NIS servers listed in the /etc/ypbind configuration file and then binds to
the single fastest-responding server. Before, it was recommended to list all available NIS servers in
each machine's /etc/ypbind.conf configuration file. However, because even servers under high
load can respond quickly to this ping, thus inadvertently increasing their own load, it is now
recommended for administrators to list a smaller number of available NIS servers in each machine's
ypbind.conf, and to vary this list across machines. In this way, NIS servers are automatically loadbalanced due to not every NIS server being listed as being available to every machine.
T hunderbird basiert nun auf Version 2.3.1. Diese Aktualisierung behebt mehrere Fehler, darunter:
Ein Fehler beim Umgang von OpenMotif mit den Grab und Ungrab-Ereignissen ist nun
behoben. In früheren Releases führte dieser Fehler manchmal zur Display-Sperre.
Ein Fehler in nedit konnte bei Verwendung der nedit grafischen Benutzeroberfläche zum
Absturz führen. Dies war aufgrund einer Funktion im Code der Fall, die bei einigen Fällen der
Postenauswahl zu einem Segmentierungsfehler führte. Dieses Problem ist nun behoben.
dbus basiert nun auf Version 1.1.2. Dieses Update behebt einen Fehler, der dazu führte, dass
mehrthreadige Programme zu einer Sperre in dbus führten. In früheren Releases, bei denen ein
T hread auf dbus horchte und Nachrichten verarbeitete, sendete der zweite T hread Nachrichten an
dbus.
strace basiert nun auf Version 4.5.18. Dadurch werden mehrere Fehler behoben, darunter:
36
8. Resolved Issues
Ein Fehler, der zum Absturz von strace bei Verwendung der -f-Option bei einigen
mehrthreadigen Programmen (insbesondere bei 64-bit Systemen) führte, ist jetzt behoben.
Ein Fehler, der die 64-bit Version von strace an der Ausführung des vfork()-Funktionsaufrufs
an einem 32-bit Vorgang hinderte, ist jetzt behoben.
cpuspeed wurde zu Version 1.2.1-5 aktualisiert. Mit diesem Update lädt das cpuspeed init-Skript
das speedstep-centrino-Modul jetzt, wenn das Laden aller anderen Module fehlschlägt.
Außerdem wurde ein Benutzer-Space Fehler behoben, der das Powernow-k8-Modul am Laden
hinderte nun behoben from.
Der frysk-Satz von T ools wurde vollständig aus dieser Distribution entfernt. frysk war ursprünglich
als T echnologievorschau in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 enthalten.
Die vom iostat -x/Befehl bereitgestellten Partition I/O Statistiken waren zuvor unvollständig. In
diesem Update werden Partitionsstatistiken jetzt auf dieselbe Weise wie Disk-Statistiken errechnet,
wodurch kohärente und verständliche I/O Statistiken auf Partitionsebene geliefert werden.
Ein Passwort-Offenlegungsfehler wurde in der Konfigurationsdatei für den Dovecot-Mailserver
gefunden. War bei einem System die ssl_key_password-Option definiert, so konnte jeder beliebige
lokale Benutzer das SSL-Schlüsselpasswort einsehen. (CVE-2008-4870)
Anmerkung
Dieser Fehler gestattete dem Angreifer keinen Z ugriff auf die Inhalte des SSL-Schlüssels. Das
Passwort besitzt ohne die Schlüsseldatei, auf welche beliebige Benutzer keinen Lesezugriff
haben sollten, keinen Wert.
T o better protect even this value, however, the dovecot.conf file now supports the "!include_try"
directive. T he ssl_key_password option should be moved from dovecot.conf to a new file
owned by, and only readable and writable by, root (ie 0600). T his file should be referenced from
dovecot.conf by setting the !include_try /path/to/password/file option.
ksh basiert nun auf Version 2008-02-02. Dieses Update fügt Multi-Byte Z eichen-Handhabung hinzu,
löst zahlreiche Probleme bei der Job-Steuerung und behebt mehrere Fehler von Upstream. Beachten
Sie, dass dieses Update zu ksh die Kompatibilität zu bestehenden Skripts bewahrt.
Ein vm convert-Fehler verhinderte, dass es ordnungsgemäß am vm ur-Geräte-Node
(/dev/0.0.000c) funktionierte. Dies führte zum Fehlschlagen von vm convert beim Versuch auf
Dumps am vm ur-Gerät zuzugreifen mit dem Fehler vm convert: Open dum p file failed!
(Perm ission denied). Ein Update to s390utils in dieser Release behebt dieses Problem.
Das init/Skript und die config-Datei für den m on_procd-Daemon sowie m on_fsstatd-Daemon
fehlten im s390utils-Paket. Es konnte daher kein Build dieser Daemons erfolgen und diese
konnten nicht verwendet werden. Die fehlenden Dateien wurden diesem Update hinzugefügt, so
dass das Problem nun behoben ist.
Ein Fehler, der das ehci_hcd-Modul daran hinderte auf dieser Architektur erneut zu laden, wurde
nun behoben. Dies stellt sicher, dass der Belkin 4-port PCI-Express USB Lily-Adapter (und andere
ähnliche Geräte) jetzt mit Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 ordnungsgemäß funktionieren, wenn das
37
ehci_hcd-Modul verwendet wird.
Die libhugetlbfs-Bibliothek basiert nun auf Version 1.3. Dieses Update wendet mehrere Upstream
Verbesserungen an der Bibliothek, wodurch die Performance von Huge-Seiten verwendenden
Anwendungen verbessert wird.
Eine vollständige Liste von Updates für libhugetlbfs finden Sie unter folgendem Link:
http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?
msg_name=20080515170754.GA1830%40us.ibm.com
9. Known Issues
Wenn das neue Feature der Platten-Verschlüsselung angewendet wird zum Verschlüsseln des Root
Dateisystems, wird die folgende Fehlermeldung beim Herunterfahren des Systems auf der Konsole
ausgegeben:
Stopping disk encryption [FAILED]
Diese Meldung kann getrost ignoriert werden, denn das Herunterfahren wird dennoch erfolgreich
abgeschlossen.
When using an encrypted device, the following error message may be reported during bootup:
insmod: error inserting '/lib/aes_generic.ko': -1 File exists
T his message can safely be ignored.
Eine Installation unter Verwendung von Multiple Device (MD) RAID zusätzlich zu multipath wird dazu
führen, dass der Rechner nicht booten kann. Multipath zu Storage Area Network (SAN) Geräten,
welche RAID intern bieten, sind davon nicht betroffen.
When a large number of LUNs are added to a node, multipath can significantly increase the time it
takes for udev to create device nodes for them. If you experience this problem, you can correct it by
deleting the following line in /etc/udev/rules.d/4 0-m ultipath.rules:
KERNEL!="dm-[0-9]*", ACTION=="add", PROGRAM=="/bin/bash -c '/sbin/lsmod |
/bin/grep ^dm_multipath'", RUN+="/sbin/multipath -v0 %M:%m"
T his line causes udev to run multipath every time a block device is added to the node. Even with this
line removed, multipathd will still automatically create multipath devices, and multipath will still be
called during the boot process, for nodes with multipathed root filesystems. T he only change is that
multipath devices will not be automatically created when multipathd is not running, which should not
be a problem for the vast majority of multipath users.
Beim Aktualisieren von einer früheren Version von Red Hat Enterprise Linux auf 5.3 können Sie auf
folgenden Fehler stoßen:
Updating : mypackage
################### [ 472/1655]
rpmdb: unable to lock mutex: Invalid argument
Der Grund für dieses Locking Problem ist, dass das gemeinsam genutzte Futex-Locking in glibc mit
Futexes pro Prozess zwischen 5.2 und 5.3 weiterentwickelt wurde. Dies hat zur Folge, dass
Programme, die mit 5.2 glibc laufen, gemeinsam genutztes Futex Locking nicht ordnungsgemäß
ausführen können zusammen mit Programmen, welche mit 5.3 glibc laufen.
Diese spezielle Fehlermeldung ist eine Nebenwirkung eines Paketes, welches rpm als T eil seines
38
9. Known Issues
Installationsprozesses aufruft. Der RPM Vorgang, der die Aktualisierung durchführt, verwendet die
frühere glibc während der gesamten Aktualisierung. Der RPM Vorgang, der aus dem Skript heraus
gestartet wurde, nutzt jedoch die neue glibc.
T o avoid this error, upgrade glibc first in a separate run:
# yum update glibc
# yum update
You will also see this error if you downgrade glibc to an earlier version on an installed 5.3 system.
m vapich und m vapich2 sind in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 kompiliert, um nur die InfiniBand/iWARP
Interconnects zu unterstützen. Infolgedessen laufen sie nicht über Ethernet oder Netzwerk
Interconnects.
In Systemen mit mehr als zwei verschlüsselten Blockgeräten hat Anaconda eine Option, die ein
übergreifendes Passwort bietet kann. Die init Scripte unterstützen dieses Feature jedoch nicht. Beim
Booten des Systems wird die Eingabe der jeweiligen Passwörter für jedes verschlüsselte Gerät
verlangt.
When upgrading openmpi using yum, the following warning may be returned:
cannot open `/tmp/openmpi-upgrade-version.*' for reading: No such file or
directory
T he message is harmless and can be safely ignored.
Das Konfigurieren von IRQ SMP Affinität hat keine Auswirkung auf manche Geräte, die "Message
Signaled Interrupts" (MSI) verwenden ohne Fähigkeit für das MSI Per-Vector Masking. Beispiele für
solche Geräte sind Broadcom NetXtreme Ethernet Geräte, die den T reiber bnx2 verwenden.
Wenn Sie die IRQ Affinität für ein solches Gerät konfigurieren müssen, deaktivieren Sie MSI durch
Erstellen einer Datei in /etc/m odprobe.d/, welche die folgende Z eile enthält:
options bnx2 disable_msi=1
Alternativ können Sie MSI auch vollständig deaktivieren, indem Sie den Kernel Boot Parameter
pci=nom si verwenden.
Ein Bug in der aktualisierten Datei /etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules verhindert das Erstellen
von persistenten Namen für Bandgeräte mit Z ahlen größer als 9 im Namen. So wird beispielsweise
kein persistenter Name für ein Bandgerät mit einem Namen nst12 erstellt.
Fügen Sie als temporäre Lösung ein Sternchen (*) hinter jedem T reffer des Strings nst[0-9] in
/etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules ein.
Das sm artctl-T ool kann SMART -Parameter nicht korrekt von SAT A-Geräten lesen.
Ein Bug in früheren Versionen von openm pi und lam kann Sie am Aktualisieren dieser Pakete
hindern. Dieser Bug äußert sich im folgenden Fehler (beim Versuch, openm pi oder lam zu
aktualisieren):
error: %preun(openmpi-[version]) scriptlet failed, exit status 2
Deshalb müssen Sie ältere Versionen von openm pi und lam manuell entfernen, um deren
aktuellste Versionen zu installieren. Verwenden Sie hierfür den folgenden rpm -Befehl:
rpm -qa | grep 'ôpenm pi-\|^lam -' | xargs rpm -e --noscripts --allm atches
When using dm -m ultipath, if features "1 queue_if_no_path" is specified in
/etc/m ultipath.conf then any process that issues I/O will hang until one or more paths are
restored.
39
T o avoid this, set no_path_retry [N] in /etc/m ultipath.conf (where [N] is the number of
times the system should retry a path). When you do, remove the features "1
queue_if_no_path" option from /etc/m ultipath.conf as well.
If you need to use "1 queue_if_no_path" and experience the issue noted here, use dm setup to
edit the policy at runtime for a particular LUN (i.e. for which all the paths are unavailable).
T o illustrate: run dm setup m essage [device] 0 "fail_if_no_path", where [device] is the
multipath device name (e.g. m path2; do not specify the path) for which you want to change the policy
from "queue_if_no_path" to "fail_if_no_path".
Das Aktivieren von mehreren installierten Versionen desselben Kernel-Moduls wird nicht unterstützt.
Z usätzlich kann ein Bug in der Art und Weise, wie Kernel-Module analysiert werden, manchmal dazu
führen, dass eine ältere Version desselben Kernel-Moduls aktiviert wird.
Red Hat empfiehlt, bei der Installation einer neueren Version eines installierten Kernel-Moduls
zunächst die ältere Version zu deinstallieren.
Das Ausführen von kdum p auf einem IBM Bladecenter QS21 oder QS22, konfiguriert mit NFS-Root,
schlägt fehl. Um dies zu umgehen, geben Sie ein NFS-Dump-Z iel in /etc/kdum p.conf an.
IBM T60 schalten sich im Suspend-Modus und beim Andocken an einer Docking-Station komplett
aus. Um dies zu verhindern, booten Sie das System mit dem Parameter acpi_sleep=s3_bios.
Die QLogic iSCSI Expansion Card für das IBM Bladecenter liefert sowohl Ethernet- als auch iSCSIFunktionen. Einige T eile der Karte werden von beiden Funktionen gemeinsam verwendet. Die
aktuellen qla3xxx- und qla4 xxx-T reiber unterstützen die Ethernet- und iSCSI-Funktionen jedoch
individuell. Beide T reiber unterstützen die gleichzeitige Verwendung von Ethernet- und iSCSIFunktionen jedoch nicht.
Aufgrund dieser Einschränkung können nachfolgende Resets (durch aufeinander folgende
ifdown/ifup-Befehle) zum Hängenbleiben des Geräts führen. Gönnen Sie sich ein 10-Sekunden
Intervall nach einem ifup, bevor Sie ein ifdown ausführen, um dies zu verhindern. Gönnen Sie sich
dasselbe 10-Sekunden Intervall nach einem ifdown, bevor Sie ein ifup ausführen. Dieses Intervall
bietet ausreichend Z eit zur Stabilisierung und Neuinitialisierung aller Funktionen, wenn ein ifup
ausgeführt wird.
Laptops, die mit einer Cisco Aironet MPI-350 Wireless-Karte ausgestattet sind, bleiben ggf. beim
Versuch hängen, eine DHCP-Adresse während einer netzwerkbasierten Installation via
festverdrahtetem Ethernet-Port zu erhalten.
Um dies zu umgehen, verwenden Sie lokale Medien für Ihre Installation. Alternativ können Sie auch
die Wirelesskarte im BIOS des Laptops vor Beginn der Installation deaktivieren (Sie können die
Wirelesskarte nach Abschluss der Installation wieder reaktivieren).
Das Protokollieren während des Bootvorgangs in /var/log/boot.log steht in Red Hat Enterprise
Linux 5.3 nicht zur Verfügung.
Das System bootet ggf. nicht erfolgreich in einen kexec-/kdum p-Kernel, wenn X ausgeführt wird und
einen anderen T reiber als vesa verwendet. Das Problem tritt lediglich mit ATI Rage XL GrafikChipsätzen auf.
Falls X auf einem System mit ATI Rage XL Grafikkarte läuft, stellen Sie sicher, das diese den vesaT reiber verwendet, um erfolgreich in einen kexec-/kdum p-Kernel zu booten.
Wenn Sie Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 auf einem Rechner mit einem nVidia CK804-Chipsatz
verwenden, erhalten Sie möglicherweise folgende Kernelmeldungen:
kernel: assign_interrupt_mode Found MSI capability
kernel: pcie_portdrv_probe->Dev[005d:10de] has invalid IRQ. Check vendor BIOS
Diese Meldungen weisen darauf hin, dass bestimmte PCI-E-Ports keine IRQs anfordern. Sie
beeinflussen jedoch in keiner Weise die Funktionsfähigkeit des Rechners.
40
9. Known Issues
Entfernbare Speichergeräte (wie beispielsweise CDs und DVDs) werden nicht automatisch
eingehängt, wenn Sie sich als Root einloggen. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie diese Geräte mithilfe
des grafischen Dateimanagers manuell einhängen.
Alternativ können Sie den folgenden Befehl ausführen, um ein Gerät unter /m edia einzuhängen:
mount /dev/[device name] /media
Wenn eine LUN auf einem konfigurierten Speichersystem gelöscht wird, wirkt sich die Änderung nicht
auf den Host aus. In diesen Fällen bleiben lvm Befehle unbegrenzt lange hängen, wenn dm m ultipath verwendet wird, da die LUN nun als stale (abgelaufen) gilt.
Löschen Sie als provisorische Lösung alle Geräte und m path Link-Einträge in /etc/lvm /.cache,
die spezifisch für die abgelaufene LUN sind.
Um herauszufinden, wie diese Einträge lauten, führen Sie folgenden Befehl aus:
ls -l /dev/m path | grep [stale LUN]
Wenn die [stale LUN] beispielsweise 3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 beträgt, können
die folgenden Resultate auftreten:
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 7 Aug
../dm-4
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 7 Aug
../dm-5
2 10:33 /3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 ->
2 10:33 /3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1 ->
Dies bedeutet, dass 3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00 zwei m path-Verknüpfungen
zugewiesen ist: dm -4 und dm -5.
Daher sollten die folgenden Z eilen aus /etc/lvm /.cache gelöscht werden:
/dev/dm-4
/dev/dm-5
/dev/mapper/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00
/dev/mapper/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1
/dev/mpath/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00
/dev/mpath/3600d0230003414f30000203a7bc41a00p1
Das Ausführen des m ultipath-Befehls mit der Option -ll kann dazu führen, dass der Befehl
hängenbleibt, falls sich einer der Pfade auf einem Blockinggerät befindet. Beachten Sie, dass der
T reiber für einige Z eit keine Anfrage bearbeitet, falls das Gerät nicht mehr antwortet.
Dies wird durch den Cleanup-Code verursacht, der solange wartet, bis die Anfrage für die
Überprüfung des Pfads entweder erfolgreich abgeschlossen wird oder fehlschlägt. Um den aktuellen
m ultipath-Status anzuzeigen, ohne den Befehl aufzuhängen, verwenden Sie stattdessen
m ultipath -l.
Das Aktualisieren von pm -utils von einer Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 Beta Version von pm utils schlägt fehl und resultiert in dem folgenden Fehler:
error: unpacking of archive failed on file /etc/pm/sleep.d: cpio: rename
Löschen Sie das Verzeichnis /etc/pm /sleep.d/ vor der Aktualisierung, um zu verhindern, dass
dies passiert. Falls in /etc/pm /sleep.d/ irgendwelche Dateien existieren, verschieben Sie diese
Dateien nach /etc/pm /hooks/.
Das T esten von Hardware für das Mellanox MT25204 hat ergeben, dass unter bestimmten
Bedingungen mit hoher Auslastung ein interner Fehler auftritt. Wenn der ib_m thca-T reiber einen
schwerwiegenden Fehler auf dieser Hardware meldet, liegt dies gewöhnlich an unzureichender T iefe
41
der Queues in Bezug auf die Anzahl ausstehender Arbeitsanfragen, die von der Benutzerapplikation
generiert wurden.
Auch wenn der T reiber die Hardware zurücksetzt und sich von einem solchen Ereignis erholt, gehen
alle bestehenden Verbindungen zum Z eitpunkt des Fehlers verloren. Dies führt gewöhnlich zu einem
Segmentation Fault der Benutzerapplikation. Wenn außerdem opensm zum Z eitpunkt läuft, wenn der
Fehler auftritt, muss es manuell neu gestartet werden, um den Betrieb wieder normal aufzunehmen.
Beim Installieren von Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 auf einem Gast wird dieser so konfiguriert, dass er
ausdrücklich einen temporären Installations-Kernel verwendet, bereitgestellt von dom 0. Sobald die
Installation abgeschlossen ist, kann er seinen eigenen Boot-Loader verwenden. Dies kann allerdings
nur dadurch erreicht werden, dass der Gast beim ersten Neustart stattdessen zum Beenden
gezwungen wird.
Nach beendeter Gast-Installation wird aus diesem Grund der Klick auf den erscheinenden RebootSchalter den Gast beenden, ohne Neustart. Dieses Verhalten ist erwartet.
Beachten Sie, dass beim anschließenden Neustart des Gastes dessen eigener Boot-Loader
verwendet wird.
Das Ausführen von rpm build auf dem com piz Quell-RPM schlägt fehl, wenn ein KDE- oder qtDevelopment-Paket (z.B. qt-devel) installiert ist. Dies wird hervorgerufen durch einen Fehler im
com piz Konfigurations Script.
Für eine provisorische Lösung entfernen Sie jedes KDE- oder qt Development-Paket, bevor Sie
versuchen, das com piz Paket von dem Quell-RPM zu erstellen.
Wenn Ihr System entweder mit einer ATI Radeon R500 oder R600 Grafikkarte ausgestattet ist, wird
firstboot nach der Installation nicht laufen. Das System geht direkt zum grafischen Login-Schirm
und überspringt firstboot vollständig. Wenn Sie versuchen, firstboot manuell auszuführen,
z.B. von einem Failsafe T erminal aus, wird die X-Session abstürzen.
Dieses Problem wird hervorgerufen durch den von der ATI Radeon R500/R600 Hardware genutzten
T reiber. Der von diesen Grafikkarten genutzte Standard-T reiber ist noch in der
T echnologievorschau. Für eine provisorische Lösung sichern Sie Ihre /etc/X11/xorg.conf Datei,
und konfigurieren anschließend X, um stattdessen den unterstützten T reibervesa zu verwenden.
Führen Sie dafür den folgenden Befehl aus:
system -config-display --reconfig --set-driver=vesa
Sie können nun firstboot ausführen. Um zu Ihren alten Einstellungen zurückzukehren, stellen Sie
die ursprüngliche /etc/X11/xorg.conf Datei wieder her.
Wenn Ihr System den T SC T imer verwendet, kann der Systemaufruf gettim eofday
zurückspringen. Dies liegt an einem Überlauf Problem, das in einigen Fällen zu einem deutlichen
vorwärtsspringen des T SC T imers führt. In diesem Fall wird der T SC T imer sich zwar selbst
korrigieren, aber letztendlich eine Rückwärts-Verschiebung der Z eit registrieren.
Dieses Problem ist besonders kritisch für zeitsensible Systeme, wie z.B. die von Datenbanken und
T ransaktionssystemen verwendeten. Falls Ihr System auf präzise Z eitberechnung angewiesen ist,
empfiehlt Red Hat daher dringend, den Kernel auf die Verwendung eines anderen T imers (z.B.
HPET ) umzustellen.
Der Versuch, sniff auszuführen, kann in einem Fehler resultieren. Dies liegt daran, dass einige
benötigte Pakete nicht mit dogtail installiert werden.
Um dies zu verhindern, installieren Sie die folgenden Pakete manuell:
librsvg2
ghostscript-fonts
pygtk2-libglade
Thin Provisioning (also known as "virtual provisioning") will be first released with EMC Symmetrix
DMX3 and DMX4. Please refer to the EMC Support Matrix and Symmetrix Enginuity code release
notes for further details.
42
9. Known Issues
notes for further details.
Wenn in /etc/m ultipath.conf die Einstellung m ax_fds auf unlim ited gesetzt wird,
verhindert dies den korrekten Start des m ultipathd-Daemons. Daher sollten Sie stattdessen einen
ausreichend hohen Wert angeben.
SystemT ap verwendet zur Z eit GCC, um Ereignisse im User Space zu überprüfen. GCC kann
allerdings den Debugger nicht mit präzisen Informationen versorgen zur Location List für die
Parameter. In einigen Fällen gelingt es GCC auch nicht, einige Parameter wiederzugeben.
Infolgedessen geben SystemT ap Scripts, die den User Space überprüfen, ggf. ungenaue Werte
wieder.
Das Laptop Modell IBM T41 tritt nicht ordnungsgemäß in denSuspend Mode ein, daher wird der
Suspend Mode weiterhin Akkulaufzeit verbrauchen wie im normalen Betrieb. Dies rührt daher, dass
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 noch nicht das radeonfb Modul enthält.
Fügen Sie für eine provisorische Lösung ein Skript mit dem Namen hal-system -power-suspend
zu /usr/share/hal/scripts/ hinzu, welches die folgenden Z eilen enthalten sollte:
chvt 1
radeontool light off
radeontool dac off
Dieses Skript gewährleistet, dass IBM T41-Laptops ordnungsgemäß in denSuspend Mode
eintreten. Um sicherzustellen, dass das System den normalen Betrieb richtig wieder aufnimmt, fügen
Sie ebenso das Skript restore-after-standby zum gleichen Verzeichnis hinzu. Dieses Skript
sollte folgende Z eilen enthalten:
radeontool dac on
radeontool light on
chvt 7
Wenn das edac-Modul geladen wird, funktioniert der BIOS Memory Reporting nicht. Dies liegt daran,
dass das edac-Modul das Register löscht, welches das BIOS zum melden von Speicherfehlern
benutzt.
Das aktuelle Red Hat Enterprise Linux Driver-Update Modell weist den Kernel an, alle verfügbaren
Module standardmäßig zu laden (einschließlich der edac-Module). Falls Sie die Erstellung von BIOS
Memory Reporting sicherstellen wollen, müssen Sie die edac-Module manuell auf die Blacklist
setzen. Fügen Sie dazu die folgenden Z eilen zu /etc/m odprobe.conf hinzu:
blacklist
blacklist
blacklist
blacklist
edac_mc
i5000_edac
i3000_edac
e752x_edac
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 kann das Anwachsen und Schrumpfen eines zugrundeliegendene
Blockgeräts im Live-Betrieb ermitteln. Allerdings gibt es keine Möglichkeit, automatisch festzustellen,
dass ein Gerät seine Größe verändert hat. Also sind manuelle Schritte nötig, um dies zu erkennen,
und die Größe jeglicher Dateisysteme auf den fraglichen Geräten anzupassen. Wenn ein Blockgerät
mit geänderter Größe gefunden wird, erscheint eine Meldung ähnlich der folgenden in der SystemProtokolldatei:
VFS: busy inodes on changed media or resized disk sdi
Wenn das Blockgerät angewachsen ist, dann kann diese Meldung problemlos ignoriert werden.
43
Wenn allerdings das Blockgerät geschrumpft wurde, ohne dass zuvor die auf dem Blockgerät
enthaltenen Daten verkleinert wurden, dann sind die auf dem Gerät enthaltenen Daten womöglich
fehlerhaft.
Es ist nur möglich, eine Größenveränderung im Live-Betrieb für ein Dateisystems vorzunehmen,
wenn dieses auf der gesamten LUN (oder Blockgerät) erstellt wurde. Falls es eine Partitionstabelle
auf dem Blockgerät gibt, dann muss das Dateisystem abgehängt werden, damit die Partitionstabelle
aktualisiert werden kann.
Falls Ihr System ein GFS2 Dateisystem angehängt hat, könnte ein Knoten hängenbleiben, wenn von
einem Knoten auf eine zwischengespeicherte Inode zugegriffen wird, die von einem anderen Knoten
abgetrennt wird. Falls dies auftritt, ist der aufgehängte Knoten solange nicht verfügbar, bis Sie ihn
abgrenzen und wiederherstellen mit der normalen Vorgangsweise zur Cluster-Wiederherstellung.
Diese Funktion ruft gfs2_dinode_dealloc und shrink_dcache_m em ory auf, und wird auch in
den vom Stapel hinterlassenen Spuren von jedem Prozess erscheinen, der in dem aufgehängten
Knoten steckte.
Dieses Problem betrifft nicht GFS2 Dateisysteme mit nur einem Knoten.
T he following message may be encountered during system boot:
Could not detect stabilization, waiting 10 seconds.
Reading all physical volumes. This may take a while...
T his delay (which may be up to 10 seconds, dependant on the hardware configuration) is necessary
to ensure that the kernel has completed scanning the disks.
Die aktuelle Implementation von User Payload Access in ipmitool ermöglicht es Ihnen zwar,
Geräte zu konfigurieren, allerdings erlaubt es Ihnen nicht, die aktuellen Einstellungen dieser Geräte
abzufragen.
Das Verwenden des swap --grow Parameters in einer Kickstart-Datei, ohne dabei gleichzeitig den
--m axsize Parameter einzustellen, veranlasst Anaconda zum Verhängen einer
Größenbeschränkung der Swap Partition (?). Es erlaubt ihr nicht zu wachsen, bis das Gerät voll ist.
In Systemen mit weniger als 2 GB physikalischem Speicher, beträgt die verhängte Grenze das
Doppelte der Größe des physikalischen Speichers. In Systemen mit mehr als 2 GB entspricht die
verhängte Grenze der Größe des physikalischen Speichers zuzüglich 2 GB.
T he gfs2_convert program may not free up all blocks from the GFS metadata that are no longer
used under GFS2. T hese unused metadata blocks will be discovered and freed the next time
gfs2_fsck is run on the file system. It is recommended that gfs2_fsck be run after the filesystem
has been converted to free the unused blocks. T hese unused blocks will be flagged by gfs2_fsck
with messages such as:
Ondisk and fsck bitmaps differ at block 137 (0x89)
Ondisk status is 1 (Data) but FSCK thinks it should be 0 (Free)
Metadata type is 0 (free)
T hese messages do not indicate corruption in the GFS2 file system, they indicate blocks that should
have been freed, but were not. T he number of blocks needing to be freed will vary depending on the
size of the file system and block size. Many file systems will not encounter this issue at all. Large file
systems may have a small number of blocks (typically less than 100).
When running the bare-metal (non-Virtualized) kernel, the X server may not be able to retrieve EDID
information from the monitor. When this occurs, the graphics driver will be unable to display
resolutions highers than 800x600.
44
9. Known Issues
Fügen Sie als provisorische Lösung die folgende Z eile zum Abschnitt ServerLayout der Datei
/etc/X11/xorg.conf hinzu:
Option "Int10Backend" "x86emu"
Recording needs to be manually enabled on Dell M4300 and M6300. T o do this, perform the
following steps:
1. Öffnen Sie alsam ixer.
2. Drücken Sie T ab zum auswählen von [Capture] imView-Feld (befindet sich im oberen linken
T eil des Menüs)
3. Drücken Sie die Leertaste.
4. Um sicherzugehen, dass die Aufnahme aktiviert wurde, überprüfen Sie den T ext oberhalb des
ADCMux Feldes; dort sollte L R CAPT UR angezeigt werden.
If encryption is enabled on the boot device during system installation, the following message will be
logged during system boot:
padlock: VIA PadLock not detected.
T his message can safely be ignored.
Some machines that use NVIDIA graphics cards may display corrupted graphics or fonts when using
the graphical installer or during a graphical login. T o work around this, switch to a virtual console and
back to the original X host.
On an IBM T61 laptop, Red Hat recommends that you refrain from clicking the glxgears window
(when glxgears is run). Doing so can lock the system.
Um dies zu vermeiden, deaktivieren Sie das T iling Feature. Fügen Sie dazu die folgende Z eile ein in
den Device-Bereich von /etc/X11/xorg.conf:
Option "Tiling" "0"
following steps:
T eil des Menüs)
Falls Ihr System eine Intel 945GM Grafikkarte verwendet, benutzen Sie nicht den i810-T reiber. Sie
sollten stattdessen den Standard-intel-T reiber verwenden.
Auf Dual-GPU-Laptops, falls einer der Grafikchips Intel-basiert ist, kann der Intel Grafikmodus keine
digitalen externen Verbindungen unterstützen (inklusive HDMI, DVI, und DisplayPort). Dies ist eine
Hardware-Einschränkung der Intel GPU. Falls Sie externe digitale Verbindungen benötigen,
konfigurieren Sie das System, den diskreten Grafikchip (im BIOS) zu verwenden.
When using Alt-SysRq-W to debug, the following warning message will appear:
45
When using Alt-SysRq-W to debug, the following warning message will appear:
Badness in smp_call_function at arch/powerpc/kernel/smp.c:223
Anschließend warnt das System auch davor, dass es hängen bleiben wird. Diese Meldung kann
ignoriert werden, denn es wird tatsächlich nicht zum Hängenbleiben des Systems führen.
following steps:
T eil des Menüs)
T he size of the PPC kernel image is too large for OpenFirmware to support. Consequently, network
booting will fail, resulting in the following error message:
Please wait, loading kernel...
/pci@8000000f8000000/ide@4,1/disk@0:2,vmlinux-anaconda: No such file or
directory
boot:
T o work around this:
1. Boot to the OpenFirmware prompt, by pressing the '8' key when the IBM splash screen is
displayed.
2. Führen Sie folgenden Befehl aus:
setenv real-base 2000000
3. Booten Sie in die System Managment Services (SMS) mit dem Befehl:
0> dev /packages/gui obe
When running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 on a z/VM that has more than 2GB of guest storage
defined, invalid data can be read from and written to any FCP and OSA device attached in QDIO
mode with the Queued-I/O assist (QIOASSIST ) option enabled. If your system has any such devices
attached, Red Hat recommends that you download and install the corresponding z/VM Program
T emporary Fix (PT F) from the following link:
http://www-1.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=isg1VM64306
It is not possible to directly read and convert a z/VM dump into a file. Instead, you should first copy
the dump from the z/VM reader into a Linux file system using vm ur and convert the dump into a
Linux-readable file using vm convert.
T he IBM System z does not provide a traditional Unix-style physical console. As such, Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.2 for the IBM System z does not support the firstboot functionality during initial
program load.
Um die Einrichtung für Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 auf dem IBM System z ordnungsgemäß zu
starten, führen Sie die folgenden Befehle nach der Installation aus:
/usr/bin/setup —. Dies wird vom Paket setuptool zur Verfügung gestellt.
/usr/bin/rhn_register —. Dies wird vom Paket rhn-setup zur Verfügung gestellt.
46
10. Added Packages
Some Itanium systems cannot properly produce console output from the kexec purgatory code.
T his code contains instructions for backing up the first 640k of memory after a crash.
Auch wenn die purgatory Konsolenausgabe bei Diagnoseproblemen nützlich sein kann, wird sie
nicht benötigt zum korrekten Funktionieren von kdum p. Falls Ihr Itanium-System daher während einer
kdum p-Operation zurückgesetzt wird, deaktivieren Sie die Konsoleausgabe in purgatory, indem
Sie --noio zur Variable KEXEC_ARGS in /etc/sysconfig/kdum p hinzufügen.
Running perftest will fail if different CPU speeds are detected. As such, you should disable CPU
speed scaling before running perftest.
When the kdum p kernel is booted, the following error will appear in the boot log:
mknod: /tmp/initrd.[numbers]/dev/efirtc: No such file or directory
Dieser Fehler resultiert aus der fehlerhaften Anforderung, efirtc in einem inkorrekten Pfad zu
erstellen. Allerdings wird der fragliche Geräte-Pfad auch statisch erstellt in initram fs, sobald der
kdum p Dienst gestartet wird. Aus diesem Grund ist die Erstellung eines Geräte-Knotens während
der Laufzeit überflüssig, harmlos, und sollte die Leistung von kdum p nicht beeinträchtigen.
Some systems may be unable to boot the kdum p kernel properly. In such cases, use the
m achvec=dig kernel parameter.
following steps:
T eil des Menüs)
Auf Intel Itanium-basierten Systemen, die SELinux im Enforcing-Modus betreiben, muss entweder die
Boolesche Variable allow_unconfined_execm em _dyntrans oder allow_execm em aktiviert
sein, um dem IA-32 Execution Layer (ia32el-Service) ein korrektes Funktionieren zu ermöglichen.
Falls die Boolesche Variable allow_unconfined_execm em _dyntrans ausgeschaltet ist, aber
der allow_execm em aktiviert ist, (die Standard-Einstellung in Red Hat Linux Enterprise 5), dann
wird 32-bit Emulation vom ia32el Service unterstützt. Wenn allerdings beide Booleschen Variablen
deaktiviert sind, schlägt die Emulation fehl.
10. Added Packages
cmirror-1.1.36-1.el5
Group: System Environm ent/Base
Summary: cm irror - T he Cluster Mirror Package
Description:
cmirror - Cluster Mirroring
cmirror-kmod-0.1.21-10.el5
47
Group: System Environm ent/Kernel
Summary: cm irror kernel m odules
Description:
cmirror-kmod - The Cluster Mirror kernel modules
compat-libcom_err-1.0-7
Group: System Environm ent/Libraries
Summary: A libcom _err com patibility library
Description:
The compat-libcom_err package contains libcom_err.so.3, which may be
required
by applications which were built against older packages of MIT Kerberos.
crash-spu-commands-1.1-1
Group: Developm ent/Debuggers
Summary: Cell/B.E. SPU com m ands extension for crash
Description:
Specific commands for debugging SPU run control data using crash.
dapl-2.0.13-4 .el5
Summary: Library providing access to the DAT 1.2 and 2.0 APIs
Description:
libdat and libdapl provide a userspace implementation of the DAT 1.2 and
2.0
API that is built to natively support InfiniBand/iWARP network
technology.
dstat-0.6.6-3.el5
Summary: Versatile resource statistics tool
Description:
48
10. Added Packages
Dstat is a versatile replacement for vmstat, iostat, netstat and ifstat.
Dstat overcomes some of their limitations and adds some extra features,
more counters and flexibility. Dstat is handy for monitoring systems
during performance tuning tests, benchmarks or troubleshooting.
Dstat allows you to view all of your system resources instantly, you
can eg. compare disk usage in combination with interrupts from your
IDE controller, or compare the network bandwidth numbers directly
with the disk throughput (in the same interval).
Dstat gives you detailed selective information in columns and clearly
indicates in what magnitude and unit the output is displayed. Less
confusion, less mistakes.
e4 fsprogs-1.4 1.1-2.el5
Summary: Utilities for m anaging the fourth extended (ext4 )
filesystem
Description:
The e4fsprogs package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in the
fourth extended (ext4) filesystem. E4fsprogs contains
e4fsck (used to repair filesystem inconsistencies after an unclean
shutdown), mke4fs (used to initialize a partition to contain an
empty ext4 filesystem), debugfs (used to examine the internal
structure of a filesystem, to manually repair a corrupted
filesystem, or to create test cases for e4fsck), tune4fs (used to
modify filesystem parameters), and most of the other core ext4fs
filesystem utilities.
Please note that "e4fsprogs" simply contains renamed static binaries
from the equivalent upstream e2fsprogs release; it is packaged this
way for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 to ensure that the many changes
included for ext4 do not destabilize the core e2fsprogs in RHEL5.
You should install the e4fsprogs package if you need to manage the
performance of an ext4 filesystem.
ecryptfs-utils-56-8.el5
Summary: T he eCryptfs m ount helper and support libraries
Description:
eCryptfs is a stacked cryptographic filesystem that ships in the
Linux kernel. This package provides the mount helper and supporting
libraries to perform key management and mount functions.
Install ecryptfs-utils if you would like to mount eCryptfs.
fipscheck-1.0.3-1.el5
49
Summary: A library for integrity verification of FIPS validated
m odules
Description:
FIPSCheck is a library for integrity verification of FIPS validated
modules. The package also provides helper binaries for creation and
verification of the HMAC-SHA256 checksum files.
freeipmi-0.5.1-6.el5
Group: Applications/System
Summary: FreeIPMI
Description:
The FreeIPMI project provides "Remote-Console" (out-of-band) and
"System Management Software" (in-band) based on Intelligent
Platform Management Interface specification.
This package contains a Technology Preview for FreeIPMI. Please visit
http://www.redhat.com/support/service/ for details on the Red Hat
support
policies.
gcc4 3-4 .3.2-7.el5
Group: Developm ent/Languages
Summary: Preview of GCC version 4 .3
Description:
The gcc43 package contains preview the GNU Compiler Collection version
4.3.
gtk-vnc-0.3.2-3.el5
Group: Developm ent/Libraries
Summary: A GT K widget for VNC clients
Description:
gtk-vnc is a VNC viewer widget for GTK. It is built using coroutines
allowing it to be completely asynchronous while remaining single
threaded.
ibsim-0.4 -3.el5
Summary: InfiniBand fabric sim ulator for m anagem ent
Description:
50
10. Added Packages
ibsim provides simulation of infiniband fabric for using with OFA
OpenSM,
diagnostic and management tools.
infiniband-diags-1.4 .1-2.el5
Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand Diagnostic T ools
Description:
This package provides IB diagnostic programs and scripts needed to
diagnose an IB subnet.
isns-utils-0.91-0.1.el5
Group: System Environm ent/Daem ons
Summary: T he iSNS daem on and utility program s
Description:
The iSNS package contains the daemon and tools to setup a iSNS server,
and iSNS client tools. The Internet Storage Name Service (iSNS) protocol
allows automated discovery, management and configuration of iSCSI and
Fibre Channel devices (using iFCP gateways) on a TCP/IP network.
java-1.6.0-openjdk-1.6.0.0-0.25.b09.el5
Summary: OpenJDK Runtim e Environm ent
Description:
The OpenJDK runtime environment.
ktune-0.2-3.el5
Summary: Server perform ance tuning service
Description:
ktune provides settings for server performance tuning. Please have a
look at
/etc/sysconfig/ktune and /etc/sysctl.ktune for tuning
parameters.
libcmpiutil-0.4 -2.el5
Summary: CMPI Utility Library
Description:
51
Libcmpiutil is a library of utility functions for CMPI providers.
The goal is to reduce the amount of repetitive work done in
most CMPI providers by encapsulating common procedures with more
"normal" APIs. This extends from operations like getting typed
instance properties to standardizing method dispatch and argument
checking.
libcxgb3-1.2.2-1.el5
Summary: Chelsio T 3 iWARP HCA Userspace Driver
Description:
Userspace hardware driver for use with the libibverbs InfiniBand/iWARP
verbs
library. This driver enables Chelsio iWARP capable ethernet devices.
libehca-1.2-2.el5
Summary: IBM InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver
Description:
IBM hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library.
libibcm-1.0.3-1.el5
Summary: Userspace InfiniBand Com m unication Manager.
Description:
libibcm provides a userspace InfiniBand Communication Managment library.
libibcommon-1.1.1-1.el5
Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand m anagem ent com m on library
Description:
libibcommon provides common utility functions for the OFA diagnostic and
management tools.
libibmad-1.2.1-1.el5
Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand MAD library
Description:
52
10. Added Packages
libibmad provides low layer IB functions for use by the IB diagnostic
and management programs. These include MAD, SA, SMP, and other basic
IB functions.
libibumad-1.2.1-1.el5
Summary: OpenFabrics Alliance InfiniBand um ad (user MAD) library
Description:
libibumad provides the user MAD library functions which sit on top of
the user MAD modules in the kernel. These are used by the IB diagnostic
and management tools, including OpenSM.
libibverbs-1.1.2-1.el5
Summary: Library providing access to InfiniBand/iWARP hardware verbs
protocol
Description:
libibverbs is a library that allows userspace processes to use
InfiniBand/iWARP "verbs" as described in the InfiniBand Architecture
Specification. This includes direct hardware access for fast path
operations.
For this library to be useful, a device-specific plug-in module should
also be installed.
libipathverbs-1.1-11.el5
Summary: QLogic InfiniPath HCA Userspace Driver
Description:
QLogic hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library. This driver supports QLogic InfiniPath based cards.
libmlx4 -1.0-4 .el5
Summary: Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver
Description:
Mellanox hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library. This driver supports Mellanox ConnectX architecture cards.
libmthca-1.0.5-1.el5
53
Summary: Mellanox InfiniBand HCA Userspace Driver
Description:
Mellanox hardware driver for use with libibverbs user space verbs access
library. This driver supports Mellanox based Single Data Rate and Dual
Data
Rate cards, including those from Cisco, Topspin, and Voltaire. It does
not support the Connect-X architecture based Quad Data Rate cards
(libmlx4
handles that hardware).
libnes-0.5-4 .el5
Summary: NetEffect RNIC Userspace Driver
Description:
Userspace hardware driver for use with the libibverbs InfiniBand/iWARP
verbs
library. This driver enables NetEffect iWARP capable ethernet devices.
librdmacm-1.0.8-1.el5
Summary: Userspace RDMA Connection Manager.
Description:
librdmacm provides a userspace RDMA Communication Managment API.
libsdp-1.1.99-10.el5_2
Summary: A library for direct userspace use of Sockets Direct
Protocol
Description:
libsdp is an LD_PRELOAD-able library that can be used to have existing
applications use InfiniBand Sockets Direct Protocol (SDP) instead of
TCP sockets, transparently and without recompilation. For information
on how to configure libsdp, see libsdp.conf, which is installed in
$(sysconfdir) (usually /usr/local/etc or /etc).
libsmi-0.4 .5-2.el5
Summary: A library to access SMI MIB inform ation
Description:
54
10. Added Packages
Libsmi is a C library to access MIB module information through
a well defined API that hides the nasty details of locating
and parsing SMIv1/v2 MIB modules.
This package contains tools to check, dump, and convert MIB
definitions and a steadily maintained and revised archive
of all IETF and IANA maintained standard MIB modules.
libspe2-2.2.80.121-4 .el5
Summary: SPE Runtim e Managem ent Library
Description:
SPE Runtime Management Library for the
Cell Broadband Engine Architecture.
libvirt-cim-0.5.1-4 .el5
Summary: A CIM provider for libvirt
Description:
Libvirt-cim is a CMPI CIM provider that implements the DMTF SVPC
virtualization model. The goal is to support most of the features
exported by libvirt itself, enabling management of multiple
platforms with a single provider.
mpi-selector-1.0.1-1.el5
Summary: Provides site-wide and per-user MPI im plem entation
selection
Description:
A simple tool that allows system administrators to set a site-wide
default for which MPI implementation is to be used, but also allow
users to set their own default MPI implementation, thereby overriding
the site-wide default.
The default can be changed easily via the mpi-selector command -editing of shell startup files is not required.
mpitests-3.0-2.el5
Group: Applications
Summary: MPI Benchm arks and tests
Description:
55
Set of popular MPI benchmarks:
IMB-2.3
Presta-1.4.0
OSU benchmarks ver 2.2
mstflint-1.3-1.el5
Summary: Mellanox firm ware burning tool
Description:
This package contains a burning tool for Mellanox manufactured HCA cards.
It also provides access to the relevant source code.
mvapich-1.1.0-0.2931.3.el5
Summary: MPI im plem entation over Infiniband RDMA-enabled
interconnect
Description:
This is high performance and scalable MPI-1 implementation over
Infiniband and RDMA-enabled interconnect.
This implementation is based on MPICH and MVICH. MVAPICH is pronounced
as èm-vah-pich''.
mvapich2-1.0.3-3.el5
Summary: OSU MVAPICH2 MPI package
Description:
This is an MPI-2 implementation which includes all MPI-1 features. It is
based on MPICH2 and MVICH.
nedit-5.5-21.el5
Group: Applications/Editors
Summary: A GUI text editor for system s with X
Description:
NEdit is a GUI text editor for the X Window System. NEdit is
very easy to use, especially if you are familiar with the
Macintosh(TM) or Microsoft(TM) Windows(TM) style of interface.
nspluginwrapper-0.9.91.5-22.el5
Group: Networking/WWW
56
10. Added Packages
Summary: A com patibility layer for Netscape 4 plugins
Description:
nspluginwrapper makes it possible to use Netscape 4 compatible plugins
compiled for ppc into Mozilla for another architecture, e.g. x86_64.
This package consists in:
* npviewer: the plugin viewer
* npwrapper.so: the browser-side plugin
* mozilla-plugin-config: a tool to manage plugins installation and
update
ofed-docs-1.3.2-0.20080728.0355.1.el5
Group: Docum entation/Man
Summary: OpenFabrics Enterprise Distribution docum entation
Description:
Documentation from OFED 1.3
opensm-3.2.2-3.el5
Summary: OpenIB InfiniBand Subnet Manager and m anagem ent utilities
Description:
OpenSM is the OpenIB project's Subnet Manager for Infiniband networks.
The subnet manager is run as a system daemon on one of the machines in
the infiniband fabric to manage the fabric's routing state. This package
also contains various tools for diagnosing and testing Infiniband
networks
that can be used from any machine and do not need to be run on a machine
running the opensm daemon.
openswan-2.6.14 -1.el5_2.1
Summary: Openswan IPSEC im plem entation
Description:
Openswan is a free implementation of IPSEC & IKE for Linux. IPSEC is
the Internet Protocol Security and uses strong cryptography to provide
both authentication and encryption services. These services allow you
to build secure tunnels through untrusted networks. Everything passing
through the untrusted net is encrypted by the ipsec gateway machine and
decrypted by the gateway at the other end of the tunnel. The resulting
tunnel is a virtual private network or VPN.
This package contains the daemons and userland tools for setting up
Openswan on a freeswan enabled kernel.
57
perftest-1.2-11.el5
Group: Productivity/Networking/Diagnostic
Summary: IB Perform ance tests
Description:
gen2 uverbs microbenchmarks
perl-Archive-Z ip-1.16-1.2.1
Summary: Perl library for accessing Zip archives
Description:
The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate,
read, and write Zip archive files.
Zip archives can be created, or you can read from existing zip files.
Once created, they can be written to files, streams, or strings.
Members can be added, removed, extracted, replaced, rearranged, and
enumerated. They can also be renamed or have their dates, comments,
or other attributes queried or modified. Their data can be compressed
or uncompressed as needed. Members can be created from members in
existing Zip files, or from existing directories, files, or strings.
perl-Config-General-2.4 0-1.el5
Summary: Generic configuration m odule for Perl
Description:
This module opens a config file and parses it's contents for
you. After parsing the module returns a hash structure which contains
the representation of the config file.
The format of config files supported by Config::General is inspired by
the well known apache config format, in fact, this module is 100%
read-compatible to apache configs, but you can also just use simple
name/value pairs in your config files.
In addition to the capabilities of a apache config file it supports
some enhancements such as here-documents, C- style comments or
multiline options. It is also possible to save the config back to
disk, which makes the module a perfect backend for configuration
interfaces.
It is possible to use variables in config files and there exists also
support for object oriented access to the configuration.
pexpect-2.3-1.el5
Summary: Pure Python Expect-like m odule
Description:
58
10. Added Packages
Pexpect is a pure Python module for spawning child applications;
controlling
them; and responding to expected patterns in their output. Pexpect works
like
Don Libes' Expect. Pexpect allows your script to spawn a child
application and
control it as if a human were typing commands.
Pexpect can be used for automating interactive applications such as ssh,
ftp,
passwd, telnet, etc. It can be used to automate setup scripts for
duplicating
software package installations on different servers. And it can be used
for
automated software testing. Pexpect is in the spirit of Don Libes'
Expect, but
Pexpect is pure Python. Unlike other Expect-like modules for Python,
Pexpect
does not require TCL or Expect nor does it require C extensions to be
compiled.
It should work on any platform that supports the standard Python pty
module.
python-iniparse-0.2.3-4 .el5
Summary: Python Module for Accessing and Modifying Configuration
Data in INI files
Description:
iniparse is an INI parser for Python which is API compatible
with the standard library's ConfigParser, preserves structure of INI
files (order of sections & options, indentation, comments, and blank
lines are preserved when data is updated), and is more convenient to
use.
python-setuptools-0.6c5-2.el5
Summary: Download, build, install, upgrade, and uninstall Python
packages
Description:
setuptools is a collection of enhancements to the Python distutils that
allow
you to more easily build and distribute Python packages, especially ones
that
have dependencies on other packages.
qlvnictools-0.0.1-10.el5
Summary: VNIC ULP service
59
Description:
VNIC ULP service
qperf-0.4 .1-2.el5
Group: Networking/Diagnostic
Summary: Measure socket and RDMA perform ance
Description:
Measure socket and RDMA performance.
rsyslog-2.0.6-1.el5
Summary: Enhanced system logging and kernel m essage trapping
daem ons
Description:
Rsyslog is an enhanced multi-threaded syslogd supporting, among others,
MySQL,
syslog/tcp, RFC 3195, permitted sender lists, filtering on any message
part,
and fine grain output format control. It is quite compatible to stock
sysklogd
and can be used as a drop-in replacement. Its advanced features make it
suitable for enterprise-class, encryption protected syslog relay chains
while
at the same time being very easy to setup for the novice user.
setroubleshoot-plugins-2.0.4 -2.el5
Summary: Analysis plugins for use with setroubleshoot
Description:
This package provides a set of analysis plugins for use with
setroubleshoot. Each plugin has the capacity to analyze SELinux AVC
data and system data to provide user friendly reports describing how
to interpret SELinux AVC denials.
sgpio-1.2.0_10-2.el5
Summary: SGPIO captive backplane tool
Description:
60
10. Added Packages
Intel SGPIO enclosure management utility
This package contains (part of) a Technology Preview for
Application for AHCI driver with SGPIO support.
Please visit http://www.redhat.com/support/service/ for details on the
Red Hat support policies.
srptools-0.0.4 -2.el5
Summary: T ools for using the InfiniBand SRP protocol devices
Description:
In conjunction with the kernel ib_srp driver, srptools allows you to
discover and use SCSI devices via the SCSI RDMA Protocol over
InfiniBand.
system-config-netboot-0.1.4 5.1-1.el5
Summary: network booting/install configuration utility (GUI)
Description:
system-config-netboot is a utility which allows you to configure
diskless environments and network installations.
tpm-tools-1.3.1-1.el5
Summary: Managem ent tools for the T PM hardware
Description:
tpm-tools is a group of tools to manage and utilize the Trusted
Computing
Group's TPM hardware. TPM hardware can create, store and use RSA keys
securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's
software state using cryptographic hashes and more.
trousers-0.3.1-4 .el5
Summary: T CG's Software Stack v1.2
Description:
61
TrouSerS is an implementation of the Trusted Computing Group's Software
Stack
(TSS) specification. You can use TrouSerS to write applications that make
use
of your TPM hardware. TPM hardware can create, store and use RSA keys
securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's
software
state using cryptographic hashes and more.
tvflash-0.9.0-2.el5
Summary: T ool to m anage Mellanox HCA firm ware flash m em ory
Description:
tvflash is used to query and update the firmware flash memory attached
to Mellanox InfiniBand HCAs.
udftools-1.0.0b3-0.1.el5
Group: Applications/Archiving
Summary: Linux UDF Filesystem userspace utilities
Description:
Linux UDF Filesystem userspace utilities.
virt-viewer-0.0.2-2.el5
Summary: Virtual Machine Viewer
Description:
Virtual Machine Viewer provides a graphical console client for
connecting
to virtual machines. It uses the GTK-VNC widget to provide the display,
and libvirt for looking up VNC server details.
wacomexpresskeys-0.4 .1-1.el5
Summary: Wacom ExpressKeys and T ouch Strips configuration utility
Description:
Configuration utility to bind Wacom tablet's ExpressKeys and Touch Strips
to
generate other input events.
wdaemon-0.14 -2
62
11. D ropped Packages
Group: User Interface/X Hardware Support
Summary: Hotplug helper for Wacom X.org driver
Description:
Helper application which emulates persistent input devices for Wacom
tablets
so they can be plugged and unplugged while X.org server is running. This
should
go away as soon X.org properly supports hotplugging.
xulrunner-1.9.0.5-1.el5_2
Group: Applications/Internet
Summary: XUL Runtim e for Gecko Applications
Description:
XULRunner provides the XUL Runtime environment for Gecko applications.
yum-updatesd-0.9-2.el5
Summary: Update notification daem on
Description:
yum-updatesd provides a daemon which checks for available updates and
can notify you when they are available via email, syslog or dbus.
11. Dropped Packages
cachefilesd-0.8-2.el5
Summary: CacheFiles userspace m anagem ent daem on
Description:
The cachefilesd daemon manages the caching files and directory that are
that are used by network filesystems such a AFS and NFS to
do persistent caching to the local disk.
frysk-0.0.1.2007.06.21.rh2-4 .el5
Group: Developm ent/System
Summary: Frysk execution analysis tool
Description:
63
Frysk is an execution-analysis technology implemented using native Java
and C++.
It is aimed at providing developers and sysadmins with the ability to
both
examine and analyze running multi-host, multi-process, multi-threaded
systems.
Frysk allows the monitoring of running processes and threads, of locking
primitives and will also expose deadlocks, gather data and debug any
given
process in the system.
gfs2-kmod-1.52-1.16.el5
Summary: gfs2 kernel m odule
Description:
GFS2 - The GFS2 filesystem provided for RHEL5.
sysreport-1.4 .3-13.el5
Summary: Gathers system hardware and configuration inform ation.
Description:
Sysreport is a utility that gathers information about a system's
hardware and configuration. The information can then be used for
diagnostic purposes and debugging. Sysreport is commonly used to help
support technicians and developers by providing a "snapshot" of a
system's current layout.
12. Updated Packages
Cluster_Administration-5.1.0-7 - Cluster_Administration-5.2-1
Group: Docum entation
Summary: Red Hat Cluster for Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Description:
Configuring and Managing a Red Hat Cluster describes the configuration
and management of Red Hat cluster systems
for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 It does not include information about
Red Hat Linux
Virtual Servers (LVS). Information about installing and configuring
LVS is in a separate document.
No added dependencies
No removed dependencies
64
Deployment_Guide-5.1.0-11 - Deployment_Guide-5.2-11
Summary: Deploym ent Guide
Description:
This Deployment Guide documents relevant information regarding the
deployment, configuration and administration of Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.2.
Global_File_System-5.1.0-6 - Global_File_System-5.2-1
Summary: Red Hat Global File System
Description:
This book provides information about installing, configuring, and
maintaining Red Hat GFS (Red Hat Global File System) for Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 5.2.
ImageMagick-6.2.8.0-3.el5.4 - ImageMagick-6.2.8.0-4 .el5_1.1
Group: Applications/Multim edia
Summary: An X application for displaying and m anipulating im ages.
Description:
ImageMagick(TM) is an image display and manipulation tool for the X
Window System. ImageMagick can read and write JPEG, TIFF, PNM, GIF,
and Photo CD image formats. It can resize, rotate, sharpen, color
reduce, or add special effects to an image, and when finished you can
either save the completed work in the original format or a different
one. ImageMagick also includes command line programs for creating
animated or transparent .gifs, creating composite images, creating
thumbnail images, and more.
ImageMagick is one of your choices if you need a program to manipulate
and dis play images. If you want to develop your own applications
which use ImageMagick code or APIs, you need to install
ImageMagick-devel as well.
NetworkManager-0.6.4 -6.el5 - NetworkManager-0.7.0-3.el5
65
Summary: Network connection m anager and user applications
Description:
NetworkManager attempts to keep an active network connection available at
all
times. It is intended only for the desktop use-case, and is not intended
for
usage on servers. The point of NetworkManager is to make networking
configuration and setup as painless and automatic as possible. If using
DHCP,
NetworkManager is intended to replace default routes, obtain IP addresses
from a DHCP server, and change nameservers whenever it sees fit.
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
automake
dbus-devel >= 1.1
dbus-glib-devel >= 0.73-6
dhclient
doxygen
gtk-doc
intltool
libdaemon-devel
libnotify-devel >= 0.4.2
libtool
nss-devel >= 3.11.7
perl(XML::Parser)
ppp >= 2.2.4
wireless-tools-devel >= 1:28-2
Removed Dependencies:
dbus-devel >= 0.90
dbus-glib-devel >= 0.70
dhcdbd
gnome-panel-devel
libgnomeui-devel
libnl-devel
libnotify-devel >= 0.3
perl-XML-Parser
wireless-tools-devel >= 1:28-0pre9
ORBit2-2.14 .3-4 .el5 - ORBit2-2.14 .3-5.el5
Summary: A high-perform ance CORBA Object Request Broker
Description:
66
ORBit is a high-performance CORBA (Common Object Request Broker
Architecture) ORB (object request broker). It allows programs to
send requests and receive replies from other programs, regardless
of the locations of the two programs. CORBA is an architecture that
enables communication between program objects, regardless of the
programming language they're written in or the operating system they
run on.
You will need to install this package and ORBit-devel if you want to
write programs that use CORBA technology.
OpenIPMI-2.0.6-5.el5.4 - OpenIPMI-2.0.6-11.el5
Summary: OpenIPMI (Intelligent Platform Managem ent Interface)
library and tools
Description:
The Open IPMI project aims to develop an open code base to allow access
to
platform information using Intelligent Platform Management Interface
(IPMI).
This package contains the tools of the OpenIPMI project.
SysVinit-2.86-14 - SysVinit-2.86-15.el5
Summary: Program s which control basic system processes.
Description:
The SysVinit package contains a group of processes that control
the very basic functions of your system. SysVinit includes the init
program, the first program started by the Linux kernel when the
system boots. Init then controls the startup, running, and shutdown
of all other programs.
Virtualization-5.1.0-12 - Virtualization-5.2-11
Summary: Virtualization Guide
Description:
67
The Red Hat Enterprise Linux Virtualization Guide contains
information on installation, configuring, administering, tips,
tricks and troubleshooting virtualization technologies used in Red
Hat Enterprise Linux.
a2ps-4 .13b-57.1.el5 - a2ps-4 .13b-57.2.el5
Group: Applications/Publishing
Summary: Converts text and other types of files to PostScript(T M).
Description:
The a2ps filter converts text and other types of files to PostScript(TM).
A2ps has pretty-printing capabilities and includes support for a wide
number of programming languages, encodings (ISO Latins, Cyrillic, etc.),
and medias.
Added Dependencies:
psutils
acl-2.2.39-2.1.el5 - acl-2.2.39-3.el5
Summary: Access control list utilities.
Description:
This package contains the getfacl and setfacl utilities needed for
manipulating access control lists.
acpid-1.0.4 -5 - acpid-1.0.4 -7.el5
Summary: ACPI Event Daem on
Description:
acpid is a daemon that dispatches ACPI events to user-space programs.
alsa-lib-1.0.14 -1.rc4 .el5 - alsa-lib-1.0.17-1.el5
68
Summary: T he Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) library.
Description:
The Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) provides audio and MIDI
functionality to the Linux operating system.
This package includes the ALSA runtime libraries to simplify application
programming and provide higher level functionality as well as support
for
the older OSS API, providing binary compatibility for most OSS
programs.
alsa-utils-1.0.14 -2.rc4 .el5 - alsa-utils-1.0.17-1.el5
Summary: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA) utilities
Description:
This package contains command line utilities for the Advanced Linux Sound
Architecture (ALSA).
Added Dependencies:
alsa-lib-devel >= 1.0.17
alsa-lib-devel >= 1.0.14
amtu-1.0.4 -4 - amtu-1.0.6-1.el5
Summary: Abstract Machine T est Utility (AMT U)
Description:
Abstract Machine Test Utility (AMTU) is an administrative utility to
check
whether the underlying protection mechanism of the hardware are still
being
enforced. This is a requirement of the Controlled Access Protection
Profile
FPT_AMT.1, see
http://www.radium.ncsc.mil/tpep/library/protection_profiles/CAPP-1.d.pdf
anaconda-11.1.2.87-1 - anaconda-11.1.2.168-1
Summary: Graphical system installer
69
Description:
The anaconda package contains the program which was used to install your
system. These files are of little use on an already installed system.
Added Dependencies:
iscsi-initiator-utils >= 6.2.0.868-0.9
kudzu-devel >= 1.2.57.1.18
libdhcp-devel >= 1.20-5
libnl-devel >= 1.0-0.10.pre5.5
glib2-devel >= 2.11.1-5
kudzu-devel >= 1.2.57.1.15
libdhcp-devel >= 1.16
apr-util-1.2.7-6 - apr-util-1.2.7-7.el5
Summary: Apache Portable Runtim e Utility library
Description:
The mission of the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) is to provide a
free library of C data structures and routines. This library
contains additional utility interfaces for APR; including support
for XML, LDAP, database interfaces, URI parsing and more.
at-spi-1.7.11-2.fc6 - at-spi-1.7.11-3.el5
Summary: Assistive T echnology Service Provider Interface
Description:
at-spi allows assistive technologies to access GTK-based
applications. Essentially it exposes the internals of applications for
automation, so tools such as screen readers, magnifiers, or even
scripting interfaces can query and interact with GUI controls.
audit-1.5.5-7.el5 - audit-1.7.7-6.el5
Summary: User space tools for 2.6 kernel auditing
Description:
70
The audit package contains the user space utilities for
storing and searching the audit records generate by
the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel.
Added Dependencies:
openldap-devel
tcp_wrappers
authconfig-5.3.12-2.el5 - authconfig-5.3.21-5.el5
Summary: Com m and line tool for setting up authentication from
network services
Description:
Authconfig is a command line utility which can configure a workstation
to use shadow (more secure) passwords. Authconfig can also configure a
system to be a client for certain networked user information and
authentication schemes.
Added Dependencies:
python >= 2.4.1
python
autofs-5.0.1-0.rc2.55 - autofs-5.0.1-0.rc2.102
Summary: A tool for autom atically m ounting and unm ounting
filesystem s.
Description:
autofs is a daemon which automatically mounts filesystems when you use
them, and unmounts them later when you are not using them. This can
include network filesystems, CD-ROMs, floppies, and so forth.
bash-3.1-16.1 - bash-3.2-24 .el5
Group: System Environm ent/Shells
Summary: T he GNU Bourne Again shell (bash) version 3.2
Description:
71
The GNU Bourne Again shell (Bash) is a shell or command language
interpreter that is compatible with the Bourne shell (sh). Bash
incorporates useful features from the Korn shell (ksh) and the C shell
(csh). Most sh scripts can be run by bash without modification. This
package (bash) contains bash version 3.2, which improves POSIX
compliance over previous versions.
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
gettext
bind-9.3.3-10.el5 - bind-9.3.4 -10.P1.el5
Summary: T he Berkeley Internet Nam e Dom ain (BIND) DNS (Dom ain Nam e
System ) server.
Description:
BIND (Berkeley Internet Name Domain) is an implementation of the DNS
(Domain Name System) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named),
which resolves host names to IP addresses; a resolver library
(routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and
tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating properly.
binutils-2.17.50.0.6-5.el5 - binutils-2.17.50.0.6-9.el5
Group: Developm ent/T ools
Summary: A GNU collection of binary utilities.
Description:
Binutils is a collection of binary utilities, including ar (for
creating, modifying and extracting from archives), as (a family of GNU
assemblers), gprof (for displaying call graph profile data), ld (the
GNU linker), nm (for listing symbols from object files), objcopy (for
copying and translating object files), objdump (for displaying
information from object files), ranlib (for generating an index for
the contents of an archive), size (for listing the section sizes of an
object or archive file), strings (for listing printable strings from
files), strip (for discarding symbols), and addr2line (for converting
addresses to file and line).
bluez-libs-3.7-1 - bluez-libs-3.7-1.1
72
Summary: Bluetooth libraries
Description:
Libraries for use in Bluetooth applications.
The BLUETOOTH trademarks are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
bluez-utils-3.7-2 - bluez-utils-3.7-2.2
Summary: Bluetooth utilities
Description:
Bluetooth utilities (bluez-utils):
- hcitool
- hciattach
- hciconfig
- hcid
- l2ping
- start scripts (Red Hat)
- pcmcia configuration files
The BLUETOOTH trademarks are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
Added Dependencies:
bluez-libs-devel >= 3.7-1.1
bluez-libs-devel >= 3.7
booty-0.80.4 -5 - booty-0.80.6-5
Summary: sim ple python bootloader config lib
Description:
Small python library for use with bootloader configuration by anaconda
and up2date.
busybox-1.2.0-3 - busybox-1.2.0-4 .el5
Summary: Statically linked binary providing sim plified versions of
system com m ands
Description:
73
Busybox is a single binary which includes versions of a large number
of system commands, including a shell. This package can be very
useful for recovering from certain types of system failures,
particularly those involving broken shared libraries.
bzip2-1.0.3-3 - bzip2-1.0.3-4 .el5_2
Group: Applications/File
Summary: A file com pression utility.
Description:
Bzip2 is a freely available, patent-free, high quality data compressor.
Bzip2 compresses files to within 10 to 15 percent of the capabilities
of the best techniques available. However, bzip2 has the added benefit
of being approximately two times faster at compression and six times
faster at decompression than those techniques. Bzip2 is not the
fastest compression utility, but it does strike a balance between speed
and compression capability.
Install bzip2 if you need a compression utility.
cairo-1.2.4 -2.el5 - cairo-1.2.4 -5.el5
Summary: A vector graphics library
Description:
Cairo is a vector graphics library designed to provide high-quality
display and print output. Currently supported output targets include
the X Window System, OpenGL (via glitz), in-memory image buffers, and
image files (PDF, PostScript, and SVG). Cairo is designed to produce
identical output on all output media while taking advantage of display
hardware acceleration when available (eg. through the X Render
Extension or OpenGL).
ccid-1.0.1-6.el5 - ccid-1.3.8-1.el5
Summary: Generic USB CCID sm art card reader driver
Description:
Generic USB CCID (Chip/Smart Card Interface Devices) driver.
74
Added Dependencies:
pcsc-lite-devel >= 1.3.3
pcsc-lite-devel >= %{pcsc-lite_ver}
cdrtools-2.01-10 - cdrtools-2.01-10.7.el5
Summary: A collection of CD/DVD utilities.
Description:
cdrtools is a collection of CD/DVD utilities.
checkpolicy-1.33.1-2.el5 - checkpolicy-1.33.1-4 .el5
Summary: SELinux policy com piler
Description:
Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux® kernel and a number
of utilities with enhanced security functionality designed to add
mandatory access controls to Linux. The Security-enhanced Linux
kernel contains new architectural components originally developed to
improve the security of the Flask operating system. These
architectural components provide general support for the enforcement
of many kinds of mandatory access control policies, including those
based on the concepts of Type Enforcement® , Role-based Access
Control, and Multi-level Security.
This package contains checkpolicy, the SELinux policy compiler.
Only required for building policies.
chkconfig-1.3.30.1-1 - chkconfig-1.3.30.1-2
Summary: A system tool for m aintaining the /etc/rc* .d hierarchy.
Description:
Chkconfig is a basic system utility. It updates and queries runlevel
information for system services. Chkconfig manipulates the numerous
symbolic links in /etc/rc.d, to relieve system administrators of some
of the drudgery of manually editing the symbolic links.
75
clustermon-0.10.0-5.el5 - clustermon-0.12.1-2.el5
Summary: Monitoring and m anagem ent of Red Hat Enterprise Linux
Cluster Suite
Description:
This package contains Red Hat Enterprise Linux Cluster Suite
SNMP/CIM module/agent/provider.
Added Dependencies:
cman-devel
cman-2.0.73-1.el5 - cman-2.0.98-1.el5
Summary: cm an - T he Cluster Manager
Description:
cman - The Cluster Manager
Added Dependencies:
kernel-headers
conga-0.10.0-6.el5 - conga-0.12.1-7.el5
Summary: Rem ote Managem ent System
Description:
Conga is a project developing management system for remote stations.
It consists of luci, https frontend, and ricci, secure daemon that
dispatches
incoming messages to underlying management modules.
cman-devel
control-center-2.16.0-14 .el5 - control-center-2.16.0-16.el5
Group: User Interface/Desktops
Summary: GNOME Control Center
Description:
76
GNOME (the GNU Network Object Model Environment) is an attractive and
easy-to-use GUI desktop environment. The control-center package
provides the GNOME Control Center utilities that allow you to setup
and configure your system's GNOME environment (things like the desktop
background and theme, the screensaver, system sounds, and mouse
behavior).
If you install GNOME, you need to install control-center.
coolkey-1.1.0-5.el5 - coolkey-1.1.0-6.el5
Summary: CoolKey PKCS #11 m odule
Description:
Linux Driver support for the CoolKey and CAC products.
coreutils-5.97-12.1.el5 - coreutils-5.97-19.el5
Summary: T he GNU core utilities: a set of tools com m only used in
shell scripts
Description:
These are the GNU core utilities. This package is the combination of
the old GNU fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
cpufreq-utils-002-1.1.4 3.el5 - cpufreq-utils-005-1.el5
Summary: CPU Frequency changing related utilities
Description:
cpufreq-utils contains several utilities that can be used to control
the cpufreq interface provided by the kernel on hardware that
supports CPU frequency scaling.
cpuspeed-1.2.1-1.4 8.el5 - cpuspeed-1.2.1-5.el5
77
Summary: CPU frequency adjusting daem on
Description:
cpuspeed is a daemon that dynamically changes the speed
of your processor(s) depending upon its current workload
if it is capable (needs Intel Speedstep, AMD PowerNow!,
or similar support).
This package also supports enabling cpu frequency scaling
via in-kernel governors on Intel Centrino and AMD
Athlon64/Opteron platforms.
crash-4 .0-4 .6.1 - crash-4 .0-7.2.3
Summary: crash utility for live system s; netdum p, diskdum p, kdum p,
LKCD or m core dum pfiles
Description:
The core analysis suite is a self-contained tool that can be used to
investigate either live systems, kernel core dumps created from the
netdump, diskdump and kdump packages from Red Hat Linux, the mcore
kernel patch
offered by Mission Critical Linux, or the LKCD kernel patch.
createrepo-0.4 .4 -2.fc6 - createrepo-0.4 .11-3.el5
Summary: Creates a com m on m etadata repository
Description:
This utility will generate a common metadata repository from a directory
of rpm
packages.
Added Dependencies:
python
crypto-utils-2.3-1 - crypto-utils-2.3-2.el5
Summary: SSL certificate and key m anagem ent utilities
78
Description:
This package provides tools for managing and generating
SSL certificates and keys.
cryptsetup-luks-1.0.3-2.2.el5 - cryptsetup-luks-1.0.3-4 .el5
Summary: A utility for setting up encrypted filesystem s
Description:
This package contains cryptsetup, a utility for setting up
encrypted filesystems using Device Mapper and the dm-crypt target.
cups-1.2.4 -11.14 .el5 - cups-1.3.7-8.el5
Summary: Com m on Unix Printing System
Description:
The Common UNIX Printing System provides a portable printing layer for
UNIX® operating systems. It has been developed by Easy Software Products
to promote a standard printing solution for all UNIX vendors and users.
CUPS provides the System V and Berkeley command-line interfaces.
Added Dependencies:
avahi-compat-libdns_sd-devel
krb5-devel
cyrus-imapd-2.3.7-1.1.el5 - cyrus-imapd-2.3.7-2.el5
Summary: A high-perform ance m ail server with IMAP, POP3, NNT P and
SIEVE support
Description:
79
The cyrus-imapd package contains the core of the Cyrus IMAP server.
It is a scaleable enterprise mail system designed for use from
small to large enterprise environments using standards-based
internet mail technologies.
A full Cyrus IMAP implementation allows a seamless mail and bulletin
board environment to be set up across multiple servers. It differs from
other IMAP server implementations in that it is run on "sealed"
servers, where users are not normally permitted to log in and have no
system account on the server. The mailbox database is stored in parts
of the filesystem that are private to the Cyrus IMAP server. All user
access to mail is through software using the IMAP, POP3 or KPOP
protocols. It also includes support for virtual domains, NNTP,
mailbox annotations, and much more. The private mailbox database design
gives the server large advantages in efficiency, scalability and
administratability. Multiple concurrent read/write connections to the
same mailbox are permitted. The server supports access control lists on
mailboxes and storage quotas on mailbox hierarchies.
The Cyrus IMAP server supports the IMAP4rev1 protocol described
in RFC 3501. IMAP4rev1 has been approved as a proposed standard.
It supports any authentication mechanism available from the SASL
library, imaps/pop3s/nntps (IMAP/POP3/NNTP encrypted using SSL and
TLSv1) can be used for security. The server supports single instance
store where possible when an email message is addressed to multiple
recipients, SIEVE provides server side email filtering.
dbus-1.0.0-6.el5 - dbus-1.1.2-12.el5
Summary: D-BUS m essage bus
Description:
D-BUS is a system for sending messages between applications. It is
used both for the systemwide message bus service, and as a
per-user-login-session messaging facility.
Added Dependencies:
doxygen
libxslt
xmlto
dbus-glib-0.70-5 - dbus-glib-0.73-8.el5
Summary: GLib bindings for D-Bus
Description:
80
D-Bus add-on library to integrate the standard D-Bus library with
the GLib thread abstraction and main loop.
desktop-printing-0.19-20.el5 - desktop-printing-0.19-20.2.el5
Summary: Desktop print icon
Description:
Desktop-printing contains eggcups, a program for user print job
notification and control.
devhelp-0.12-11.el5 - devhelp-0.12-20.el5
Summary: API docum ent browser
Description:
An API document browser for GNOME 2.
Added Dependencies:
gecko-devel-unstable >= 1.9
gecko-devel = 1.8.0.12
device-mapper-1.02.20-1.el5 - device-mapper-1.02.28-2.el5
Summary: device m apper library
Description:
This package contains the supporting userspace files (libdevmapper and
dmsetup) for the device-mapper.
device-mapper-multipath-0.4 .7-12.el5 - device-mapper-multipath-0.4 .7-23.el5
Summary: T ools to m anage m ultipath devices using device-m apper.
Description:
81
device-mapper-multipath provides tools to manage multipath devices by
instructing the
device-mapper multipath kernel module what to do.
The tools are :
* multipath : Scan the system for multipath devices and assemble them.
* multipathd : Detects when paths fail and execs multipath to update
things.
dhcdbd-2.2-1.el5 - dhcdbd-2.2-2.el5
Summary: DHCP D-BUS daem on (dhcdbd) controls dhclient sessions with
D-BUS, stores and presents DHCP options.
Description:
dhcdbd provides a D-BUS interface to the ISC dhclient software. The
daemon provides access to DHCP configuration operations and stores those
options persistently. Other D-BUS applications can receive notifications
of changes in the client's DHCP configuration.
dhcp-3.0.5-7.el5 - dhcp-3.0.5-18.el5
Summary: DHCP (Dynam ic Host Configuration Protocol) server and
relay agent.
Description:
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a protocol which allows
individual devices on an IP network to get their own network
configuration information (IP address, subnetmask, broadcast address,
etc.) from a DHCP server. The overall purpose of DHCP is to make it
easier to administer a large network. The dhcp package includes the
ISC DHCP service and relay agent.
To use DHCP on your network, install a DHCP service (or relay agent),
and on clients run a DHCP client daemon. The dhcp package provides
the ISC DHCP service and relay agent.
dhcpv6-0.10-33.el5 - dhcpv6-1.0.10-16.el5
Summary: DHCPv6 - DHCP server and client for IPv6
82
Description:
Implements the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for Internet
Protocol version 6 (IPv6) networks in accordance with RFC 3315: Dynamic
Host
Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6). Consists of dhcp6s(8), the
server
DHCP daemon, and dhcp6r(8), the DHCPv6 relay agent.
Install this package if you want to support dynamic configuration of IPv6
addresses and parameters on your IPv6 network.
Added Dependencies:
kernel-headers
openssl-devel
diffstat-1.4 1-1.2.2 - diffstat-1.4 1-1.2.3.el5
Summary: A utility which provides statistics based on the output of
diff.
Description:
The diff command compares files line by line. Diffstat reads the
output of the diff command and displays a histogram of the insertions,
deletions and modifications in each file. Diffstat is commonly used
to provide a summary of the changes in large, complex patch files.
Install diffstat if you need a program which provides a summary of the
diff command's output. You'll need to also install diffutils.
diffutils-2.8.1-15.2.2 - diffutils-2.8.1-15.2.3.el5
Group: Applications/T ext
Summary: A GNU collection of diff utilities.
Description:
Diffutils includes four utilities: diff, cmp, diff3 and sdiff. Diff
compares two files and shows the differences, line by line. The cmp
command shows the offset and line numbers where two files differ, or
cmp can show the characters that differ between the two files. The
diff3 command shows the differences between three files. Diff3 can be
used when two people have made independent changes to a common
original; diff3 can produce a merged file that contains both sets of
changes and warnings about conflicts. The sdiff command can be used
to merge two files interactively.
Install diffutils if you need to compare text files.
83
dmraid-1.0.0.rc13-4 .el5 - dmraid-1.0.0.rc13-33.el5
Summary: dm raid (Device-m apper RAID tool and library)
Description:
DMRAID supports RAID device discovery, RAID set activation and display
of
properties for ATARAID on Linux >= 2.4 using device-mapper.
dnsmasq-2.39-2.el5 - dnsmasq-2.4 5-1.el5_2.1
Summary: A lightweight DHCP/caching DNS server
Description:
Dnsmasq is lightweight, easy to configure DNS forwarder and DHCP server.
It is designed to provide DNS and, optionally, DHCP, to a small network.
It can serve the names of local machines which are not in the global
DNS. The DHCP server integrates with the DNS server and allows machines
with DHCP-allocated addresses to appear in the DNS with names configured
either in each host or in a central configuration file. Dnsmasq supports
static and dynamic DHCP leases and BOOTP for network booting of diskless
machines.
dosfstools-2.11-6.2.el5 - dosfstools-2.11-7.el5
Summary: Utilities for m aking and checking MS-DOS FAT filesystem s
on Linux.
Description:
The dosfstools package includes the mkdosfs and dosfsck utilities,
which respectively make and check MS-DOS FAT filesystems on hard
drives or on floppies.
dovecot-1.0-1.2.rc15.el5 - dovecot-1.0.7-7.el5
84
Summary: Dovecot Secure im ap server
Description:
Dovecot is an IMAP server for Linux/UNIX-like systems, written with
security
primarily in mind. It also contains a small POP3 server. It supports
mail
in either of maildir or mbox formats.
dvgrab-2.0-1.2.2 - dvgrab-3.0-1.el5
Summary: Utility to capture video from a DV cam era
Description:
The dvgrab utility will capture digital video from a DV source on the
firewire
(IEEE-1394) bus.
e2fsprogs-1.39-10.el5 - e2fsprogs-1.39-20.el5
Summary: Utilities for m anaging the second and third extended
(ext2/ext3) filesystem s
Description:
The e2fsprogs package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in second
and third extended (ext2/ext3) filesystems. E2fsprogs contains
e2fsck (used to repair filesystem inconsistencies after an unclean
shutdown), mke2fs (used to initialize a partition to contain an
empty ext2 filesystem), debugfs (used to examine the internal
structure of a filesystem, to manually repair a corrupted
filesystem, or to create test cases for e2fsck), tune2fs (used to
modify filesystem parameters), and most of the other core ext2fs
filesystem utilities.
You should install the e2fsprogs package if you need to manage the
performance of an ext2 and/or ext3 filesystem.
eclipse-3.2.1-18.el5 - eclipse-3.2.1-19.el5
Group: T ext Editors/Integrated Developm ent Environm ents (IDE)
85
Summary: An open, extensible IDE
Description:
The Eclipse Platform is designed for building integrated development
environments (IDEs) that can be used to create applications as diverse
as web sites, embedded Java(tm) programs, C++ programs, and Enterprise
JavaBeans(tm).
firefox-devel
nspr-devel
ed-0.2-38.2.2 - ed-0.2-39.el5_2
Group: Applications/T ext
Summary: T he GNU line editor.
Description:
Ed is a line-oriented text editor, used to create, display, and modify
text files (both interactively and via shell scripts). For most
purposes, ed has been replaced in normal usage by full-screen editors
(emacs and vi, for example).
Ed was the original UNIX editor, and may be used by some programs. In
general, however, you probably don't need to install it and you probably
won't use it.
edac-utils-0.9-5.el5 - edac-utils-0.9-6.el5
Summary: Userspace helper for kernel EDAC drivers
Description:
EDAC is the current set of drivers in the Linux kernel that handle
detection of ECC errors from memory controllers for most chipsets
on i386 and x86_64 architectures. This userspace component consists
of an init script which makes sure EDAC drivers and DIMM labels
are loaded at system startup, as well as a library and utility
for reporting current error counts from the EDAC sysfs files.
elfutils-0.125-3.el5 - elfutils-0.137-3.el5
Summary: A collection of utilities and DSOs to handle com piled
86
objects
Description:
Elfutils is a collection of utilities, including ld (a linker),
nm (for listing symbols from object files), size (for listing the
section sizes of an object or archive file), strip (for discarding
symbols), readelf (to see the raw ELF file structures), and elflint
(to check for well-formed ELF files).
emacs-21.4 -19.el5 - emacs-21.4 -20.el5
Summary: GNU Em acs text editor
Description:
Emacs is a powerful, customizable, self-documenting, modeless text
editor. Emacs contains special code editing features, a scripting
language (elisp), and the capability to read mail, news, and more
without leaving the editor.
This package provides an emacs binary with support for X windows.
emacspeak-23.0-2.1 - emacspeak-23.0-3.el5
Summary: em acspeak -- T he Com plete Audio Desktop
Description:
Emacspeak is a speech interface that allows visually impaired users to
interact independently and efficiently with the computer. Emacspeak has
dramatically changed how the author and hundreds of blind and visually
impaired users around the world interact with the personal computer and
the Internet. A rich suite of task-oriented speech-enabled tools provides
efficient speech-enabled access to the evolving semantic WWW.
When combined with Linux running on low-cost PC hardware,
Emacspeak/Linux provides a reliable, stable speech-friendly solution
that
opens up the Internet to visually impaired users around the world.
enscript-1.6.4 -4 .1.el5 - enscript-1.6.4 -4 .1.1.el5_2
Summary: A plain ASCII to PostScript converter.
87
Description:
GNU enscript is a free replacement for Adobe's Enscript
program. Enscript converts ASCII files to PostScript(TM) and spools
generated PostScript output to the specified printer or saves it to a
file. Enscript can be extended to handle different output media and
includes many options for customizing printouts.
esc-1.0.0-32.el5 - esc-1.0.0-39.el5
Summary: Enterprise Security Client Sm art Card Client
Description:
Enterprise Security Client allows the user to enroll and manage their
cryptographic smartcards.
Added Dependencies:
xulrunner
xulrunner-devel
ethtool-5-1.el5 - ethtool-6-2.el5
Summary: Ethernet settings tool for PCI ethernet cards
Description:
This utility allows querying and changing of ethernet
card settings, such as speed, port, autonegotiation,
and PCI locations.
evolution-data-server-1.8.0-25.el5 - evolution-data-server-1.12.3-6.el5_2.3
Summary: Backend data server for Evolution
Description:
The evolution-data-server package provides a unified backend for
programs
that work with contacts, tasks, and calendar information.
It was originally developed for Evolution (hence the name), but is now
used
by other packages.
88
Added Dependencies:
gtk-doc
intltool >= 0.35.0
openldap-evolution-devel
openssl-devel
intltool
openldap-devel >= 2.0.11
file-4 .17-9.0.1.el5 - file-4 .17-15
Summary: A utility for determ ining file types.
Description:
The file command is used to identify a particular file according to the
type of data contained by the file. File can identify many different
file types, including ELF binaries, system libraries, RPM packages, and
different graphics formats.
You should install the file package, since the file command is such a
useful utility.
filesystem-2.4 .0-1 - filesystem-2.4 .0-2
Summary: T he basic directory layout for a Linux system .
Description:
The filesystem package is one of the basic packages that is installed
on a Red Hat Linux system. Filesystem contains the basic directory
layout for a Linux operating system, including the correct permissions
for the directories.
findutils-4 .2.27-4 .1 - findutils-4 .2.27-5.el5
Summary: T he GNU versions of find utilities (find and xargs).
Description:
89
The findutils package contains programs which will help you locate
files on your system. The find utility searches through a hierarchy
of directories looking for files which match a certain set of criteria
(such as a filename pattern). The xargs utility builds and executes
command lines from standard input arguments (usually lists of file
names generated by the find command).
You should install findutils because it includes tools that are very
useful for finding things on your system.
firefox-1.5.0.12-3.el5 - firefox-3.0.5-1.el5_2
Summary: Mozilla Firefox Web browser
Description:
Mozilla Firefox is an open-source web browser, designed for standards
compliance, performance and portability.
Added Dependencies:
startup-notification-devel
xulrunner-devel >= 1.9.0.5-1
xulrunner-devel-unstable >= 1.9.0.5-1
cairo-devel >= 0.5
libjpeg-devel
libpng-devel
nspr-devel >= 4.6
nss-devel >= 3.11.1
zlib-devel
firstboot-1.4 .27.3-1.el5 - firstboot-1.4 .27.7-1.el5
Summary: Initial system configuration utility
Description:
The firstboot utility runs after installation. It guides the
user through a series of steps that allows for easier
configuration of the machine.
flac-1.1.2-27 - flac-1.1.2-28.el5_0.1
90
Summary: An encoder/decoder for the Free Lossless Audio Codec.
Description:
FLAC stands for Free Lossless Audio Codec. Grossly oversimplified, FLAC
is similar to Ogg Vorbis, but lossless. The FLAC project consists of
the stream format, reference encoders and decoders in library form,
flac, a command-line program to encode and decode FLAC files, metaflac,
a command-line metadata editor for FLAC files and input plugins for
various music players.
fontconfig-2.4 .1-6.el5 - fontconfig-2.4 .1-7.el5
Summary: Font configuration and custom ization library
Description:
Fontconfig is designed to locate fonts within the
system and select them according to requirements specified by
applications.
fonts-indic-2.0.13-1.el5 - fonts-indic-2.3.1-1.el5
Group: User Interface/X
Summary: Free Indian truetype/opentype fonts
Description:
This package provides the Hindi, Bengali, Gujarati, Punjabi, Tamil,
Kannada, Malayalam, Oriya, Telugu TrueType/Opentype fonts.
freeradius-1.1.3-1.2.el5 - freeradius-1.1.3-1.4 .el5
Summary: High-perform ance and highly configurable free RADIUS
server.
Description:
91
The FreeRADIUS Server Project is a high performance and highly
configurable
GPL'd free RADIUS server. The server is similar in some respects to
Livingston's 2.0 server. While FreeRADIUS started as a variant of the
Cistron RADIUS server, they don't share a lot in common any more. It now
has
many more features than Cistron or Livingston, and is much more
configurable.
FreeRADIUS is an Internet authentication daemon, which implements the
RADIUS
protocol, as defined in RFC 2865 (and others). It allows Network Access
Servers (NAS boxes) to perform authentication for dial-up users. There
are
also RADIUS clients available for Web servers, firewalls, Unix logins,
and
more. Using RADIUS allows authentication and authorization for a network
to
be centralized, and minimizes the amount of re-configuration which has
to be
done when adding or deleting new users.
freetype-2.2.1-19.el5 - freetype-2.2.1-20.el5_2
Summary: A free and portable font rendering engine
Description:
The FreeType engine is a free and portable font rendering
engine, developed to provide advanced font support for a variety of
platforms and environments. FreeType is a library which can open and
manages font files as well as efficiently load, hint and render
individual glyphs. FreeType is not a font server or a complete
text-rendering library.
ftp-0.17-33.fc6 - ftp-0.17-35.el5
Summary: T he standard UNIX FT P (File T ransfer Protocol) client.
Description:
The ftp package provides the standard UNIX command-line FTP (File
Transfer Protocol) client. FTP is a widely used protocol for
transferring files over the Internet and for archiving files.
If your system is on a network, you should install ftp in order to do
file transfers.
92
gcc-4 .1.2-14 .el5 - gcc-4 .1.2-4 4 .el5
Summary: Various com pilers (C, C++, Objective-C, Java, ...)
Description:
The gcc package contains the GNU Compiler Collection version 4.1.
You'll need this package in order to compile C code.
Added Dependencies:
xulrunner-devel
firefox-devel
gd-2.0.33-9.3.fc6 - gd-2.0.33-9.4 .el5_1.1
Summary: A graphics library for quick creation of PNG or JPEG
im ages
Description:
The gd graphics library allows your code to quickly draw images
complete with lines, arcs, text, multiple colors, cut and paste from
other images, and flood fills, and to write out the result as a PNG or
JPEG file. This is particularly useful in Web applications, where PNG
and JPEG are two of the formats accepted for inline images by most
browsers. Note that gd is not a paint program.
gdb-6.5-25.el5 - gdb-6.8-27.el5
Summary: A GNU source-level debugger for C, C++, Java and other
languages
Description:
GDB, the GNU debugger, allows you to debug programs written in C, C++,
Java, and other languages, by executing them in a controlled fashion
and printing their data.
Added Dependencies:
expat-devel
readline-devel
/lib/libc.so.6
93
/lib64/libc.so.6
/usr/lib/libc.so
/usr/lib64/libc.so
gdm-2.16.0-31.0.1.el5 - gdm-2.16.0-4 6.el5
Summary: T he GNOME Display Manager.
Description:
Gdm (the GNOME Display Manager) is a highly configurable
reimplementation of xdm, the X Display Manager. Gdm allows you to log
into your system with the X Window System running and supports running
several different X sessions on your local machine at the same time.
gedit-2.16.0-5.el5 - gedit-2.16.0-9.el5
Summary: gEdit is a sm all but powerful text editor for GNOME
Description:
gEdit is a small but powerful text editor designed specifically for
the GNOME GUI desktop. gEdit includes a plug-in API (which supports
extensibility while keeping the core binary small), support for
editing multiple documents using notebook tabs, and standard text
editor functions.
You'll need to have GNOME and GTK+ installed to use gEdit.
gfs-kmod-0.1.19-7.el5 - gfs-kmod-0.1.31-3.el5
Summary: gfs kernel m odules
Description:
gfs - The Global File System is a symmetric, shared-disk, cluster file
system.
Added Dependencies:
kernel-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-128.el5
kernel-xen-devel-ia64 = 2.6.18-128.el5
94
gfs-utils-0.1.12-1.el5 - gfs-utils-0.1.18-1.el5
Summary: Utilities for m anaging the global filesystem (GFS)
Description:
The gfs-utils package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in GFS
filesystems.
gfs2-utils-0.1.38-1.el5 - gfs2-utils-0.1.53-1.el5
Summary: Utilities for m anaging the global filesystem (GFS)
Description:
The gfs2-utils package contains a number of utilities for creating,
checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in GFS
filesystems.
ghostscript-8.15.2-9.1.el5 - ghostscript-8.15.2-9.4 .el5
Summary: A PostScript(T M) interpreter and renderer.
Description:
Ghostscript is a set of software that provides a PostScript(TM)
interpreter, a set of C procedures (the Ghostscript library, which
implements the graphics capabilities in the PostScript language) and
an interpreter for Portable Document Format (PDF) files. Ghostscript
translates PostScript code into many common, bitmapped formats, like
those understood by your printer or screen. Ghostscript is normally
used to display PostScript files and to print PostScript files to
non-PostScript printers.
If you need to display PostScript files or print them to
non-PostScript printers, you should install ghostscript. If you
install ghostscript, you also need to install the ghostscript-fonts
package.
gimp-print-4 .2.7-22 - gimp-print-4 .2.7-22.2.el5
95
Summary: A collection of high-quality printer drivers.
Description:
These drivers provide printing quality for UNIX/Linux in many cases
equal
to or better than proprietary vendor-supplied drivers, and can be used
for
many of the most demanding printing tasks.
glibc-2.5-18 - glibc-2.5-34
Summary: T he GNU libc libraries.
Description:
The glibc package contains standard libraries which are used by
multiple programs on the system. In order to save disk space and
memory, as well as to make upgrading easier, common system code is
kept in one place and shared between programs. This particular package
contains the most important sets of shared libraries: the standard C
library and the standard math library. Without these two libraries, a
Linux system will not function.
gnbd-1.1.5-1.el5 - gnbd-1.1.7-1.el5
Summary: GFS's Network Block Device
Description:
gnbd - GFS's Network Block Device
gnbd-kmod-0.1.4 -12.el5 - gnbd-kmod-0.1.5-2.el5
Summary: gnbd kernel m odules
Description:
gnbd - The Global Network Block Device
Added Dependencies:
96
gnome-panel-2.16.1-6.el5 - gnome-panel-2.16.1-7.el5
Summary: GNOME panel
Description:
The GNOME panel provides the window list, workspace switcher, menus, and
other
features for the GNOME desktop.
gnome-power-manager-2.16.0-8.el5 - gnome-power-manager-2.16.0-10.el5
Summary: GNOME Power Manager
Description:
GNOME Power Manager uses the information and facilities provided by HAL
displaying icons and handling user callbacks in an interactive GNOME
session.
GNOME Power Preferences allows authorised users to set policy and
change preferences.
gnome-python2-desktop-2.16.0-1.fc6 - gnome-python2-desktop-2.16.0-2.el5
Summary: T he sources for additional PyGNOME Python extension
m odules for the GNOME desktop
Description:
The gnome-python-desktop package contains the source packages for
additional
Python bindings for GNOME. It should be used together with gnome-python.
gnome-python2-extras-2.14 .2-4 .fc6 - gnome-python2-extras-2.14 .2-6.el5
97
Summary: T he sources for additional. PyGNOME Python extension
m odules.
Description:
The gnome-python-extra package contains the source packages for
additional
Python bindings for GNOME. It should be used together with gnome-python.
Added Dependencies:
firefox-devel >= 1.5.0.5
gnome-screensaver-2.16.1-5.el5 - gnome-screensaver-2.16.1-8.el5
Group: Am usem ents/Graphics
Summary: GNOME Screensaver
Description:
gnome-screensaver is a screen saver and locker that aims to have
simple, sane, secure defaults and be well integrated with the desktop.
Added Dependencies:
libXxf86misc-devel
libXxf86vm-devel
gnome-terminal-2.16.0-3.el5 - gnome-terminal-2.16.0-5.3.el5
Summary: GNOME T erm inal
Description:
GNOME terminal emulator application.
gnome-utils-2.16.0-3.el5 - gnome-utils-2.16.0-5.el5
Summary: GNOME utility program s
Description:
98
GNOME (GNU Network Object Model Environment) is a user-friendly set of
GUI applications and desktop tools to be used in conjunction with a
window manager for the X Window System. The gnome-utils package
includes a set of small "desk accessory" utility applications for GNOME.
gnome-volume-manager-2.15.0-4 .el5 - gnome-volume-manager-2.15.0-5.el5
Summary: T he GNOME Volum e Manager
Description:
The GNOME Volume Manager monitors volume-related events and responds
with
user-specified policy. The GNOME Volume Manager can automount hotplugged
drives, automount inserted removable media, autorun programs,
automatically
play audio CDs and video DVDs, and automatically import photos from a
digital
camera. The GNOME Volume Manager does this entirely in user-space and
without
polling.
The GNOME Voume Manager sits at the top end of a larger picture that
aims to
integrate the Linux system from the kernel on up through the desktop and
its
applications.
gnupg-1.4 .5-13 - gnupg-1.4 .5-14
Summary: A GNU utility for secure com m unication and data storage.
Description:
GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a GNU utility for encrypting data and
creating digital signatures. GnuPG has advanced key management
capabilities and is compliant with the proposed OpenPGP Internet
standard described in RFC2440. Since GnuPG doesn't use any patented
algorithm, it is not compatible with any version of PGP2 (PGP2.x uses
only IDEA for symmetric-key encryption, which is patented worldwide).
gnuplot-4 .0.0-12 - gnuplot-4 .0.0-14 .el5
99
Group: Applications/Engineering
Summary: A program for plotting m athem atical expressions and data.
Description:
Gnuplot is a command-line driven, interactive function plotting
program especially suited for scientific data representation. Gnuplot
can be used to plot functions and data points in both two and three
dimensions and in many different formats.
Install gnuplot if you need a graphics package for scientific data
representation.
Added Dependencies:
gd-devel
gnutls-1.4 .1-2 - gnutls-1.4 .1-3.el5_2.1
Summary: A T LS protocol im plem entation.
Description:
GnuTLS is a project that aims to develop a library which provides a
secure
layer, over a reliable transport layer. Currently the GnuTLS library
implements
the proposed standards by the IETF's TLS working group.
grub-0.97-13 - grub-0.97-13.2
Summary: GRUB - the Grand Unified Boot Loader.
Description:
GRUB (Grand Unified Boot Loader) is an experimental boot loader
capable of booting into most free operating systems - Linux, FreeBSD,
NetBSD, GNU Mach, and others as well as most commercial operating
systems.
gstreamer-0.10.9-3.el5 - gstreamer-0.10.20-3.el5
Summary: GStream er stream ing m edia fram ework runtim e
Description:
100
GStreamer is a streaming media framework, based on graphs of filters
which
operate on media data. Applications using this library can do anything
from real-time sound processing to playing videos, and just about
anything
else media-related. Its plugin-based architecture means that new data
types or processing capabilities can be added simply by installing new
plugins.
Added Dependencies:
PyXML
autoconf
automake
docbook-style-dsssl
docbook-style-xsl
docbook-utils
gettext-devel
ghostscript
jadetex
libtool
libxslt
netpbm-progs
openjade
python2
tetex-dvips
transfig
xfig
gstreamer-plugins-base-0.10.9-6.el5 - gstreamer-plugins-base-0.10.20-3.el5
Summary: GStream er stream ing m edia fram ework base plug-ins
Description:
which
anything
plug-ins.
This package contains a set of well-maintained base plug-ins.
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
automake
101
gnome-vfs2-devel
gstreamer-devel >= 0.10.20
gnome-vfs2-devel > 1.9.4.00
gstreamer-devel >= 0.10.6
liboil-devel >= 0.3.2
gstreamer-plugins-good-0.10.4 -4 .el5 - gstreamer-plugins-good-0.10.9-1.el5
Summary: GStream er plug-ins with good code and licensing
Description:
which
anything
plug-ins.
GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a collection of well-supported plug-ins of
good quality and under the LGPL license.
gthumb-2.7.8-5.el5 - gthumb-2.7.8-8.el5
Summary: Im age viewer, editor, organizer
Description:
gthumb is an application for viewing, editing, and organizing
collections of images.
gtk2-2.10.4 -19.el5 - gtk2-2.10.4 -20.el5
Summary: T he GIMP T oolKit (GT K+), a library for creating GUIs for X
Description:
GTK+ is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user
interfaces. Offering a complete set of widgets, GTK+ is suitable for
projects ranging from small one-off tools to complete application
suites.
102
gtkhtml3-3.12.0-1.fc6 - gtkhtml3-3.16.3-1.el5
Summary: gtkhtm l library
Description:
GtkHTML is a lightweight HTML rendering/printing/editing engine. It
was originally based on KHTMLW, but is now being developed
independently of it.
Added Dependencies:
intltool >= 0.35.0
intltool
libgnomeprint22-devel >= 2.7.1
libgnomeprintui22-devel >= 2.7.1
gzip-1.3.5-9.el5 - gzip-1.3.5-10.el5
Summary: T he GNU data com pression program .
Description:
The gzip package contains the popular GNU gzip data compression
program. Gzipped files have a .gz extension.
Gzip should be installed on your Red Hat Linux system, because it is a
very commonly used data compression program.
hal-0.5.8.1-25.el5 - hal-0.5.8.1-38.el5
Summary: Hardware Abstraction Layer
Description:
HAL is daemon for collection and maintaining information from several
sources about the hardware on the system. It provides a live device
list through D-BUS.
Added Dependencies:
gperf >= 3.0.1
103
hal-cups-utils-0.6.2-5 - hal-cups-utils-0.6.2-5.2.el5
Summary: Halified CUPS utilities
Description:
Halified utilities for CUPS:
- hal_lpadmin
- hal CUPS backend
hplip-1.6.7-4 .1.el5 - hplip-1.6.7-4 .1.el5_2.4
Summary: HP Linux Im aging and Printing Project
Description:
The Hewlett-Packard Linux Imaging and Printing Project provides
drivers for HP printers and multi-function peripherals.
Added Dependencies:
openssl-devel
htdig-3.2.0b6-9.el5 - htdig-3.2.0b6-9.0.1.el5_1
Summary: ht://Dig - Web search engine
Description:
The ht://Dig system is a complete world wide web indexing and searching
system for a small domain or intranet. This system is not meant to
replace
the need for powerful internet-wide search systems like Lycos, Infoseek,
Webcrawler and AltaVista. Instead it is meant to cover the search needs
for
a single company, campus, or even a particular sub section of a web
site. As
opposed to some WAIS-based or web-server based search engines, ht://Dig
can
span several web servers at a site. The type of these different web
servers
doesn't matter as long as they understand the HTTP 1.0 protocol.
ht://Dig is also used by KDE to search KDE's HTML documentation.
ht://Dig was developed at San Diego State University as a way to search
the
various web servers on the campus network.
104
htmlview-4 .0.0-1.el5 - htmlview-4 .0.0-2.el5
Summary: Launcher of Preferred Web Browser
Description:
htmlview and launchmail are tools for launching Preferred Applications.
This package exists for compatibility reasons and is likely to be
removed
later when equivalent functionality is implemented elsewhere.
httpd-2.2.3-11.el5 - httpd-2.2.3-22.el5
Summary: Apache HT T P Server
Description:
The Apache HTTP Server is a powerful, efficient, and extensible
web server.
hwbrowser-0.30-1.el5 - hwbrowser-0.30-2.el5
Summary: A hardware browser.
Description:
A browser for your current hardware configuration.
hwdata-0.211-1 - hwdata-0.213.11-1.el5
Summary: Hardware identification and configuration data
Description:
hwdata contains various hardware identification and configuration data,
such as the pci.ids database and MonitorsDb databases.
105
ibutils-1.2-2.el5 - ibutils-1.2-9.el5
Summary: OpenIB Mellanox InfiniBand Diagnostic T ools
Description:
ibutils provides IB network and path diagnostics.
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
libibumad-devel
libtool
opensm-devel >= 3.2.0
opensm-devel >= 3.0.3
icu-3.6-5.11 - icu-3.6-5.11.1
Summary: International Com ponents for Unicode
Description:
The International Components for Unicode (ICU) libraries provide
robust and full-featured Unicode services on a wide variety of
platforms. ICU supports the most current version of the Unicode
standard, and they provide support for supplementary Unicode
characters (needed for GB 18030 repertoire support).
As computing environments become more heterogeneous, software
portability becomes more important. ICU lets you produce the same
results across all the various platforms you support, without
sacrificing performance. It offers great flexibility to extend and
customize the supplied services.
initscripts-8.4 5.17.EL-1 - initscripts-8.4 5.25-1.el5
Summary: T he inittab file and the /etc/init.d scripts.
Description:
The initscripts package contains the basic system scripts used to boot
your Red Hat system, change runlevels, and shut the system down
cleanly. Initscripts also contains the scripts that activate and
deactivate most network interfaces.
106
inn-2.4 .3-6.fc6 - inn-2.4 .3-8.el5
Summary: T he InterNetNews (INN) system , an Usenet news server.
Description:
INN (InterNetNews) is a complete system for serving Usenet news and/or
private newsfeeds. INN includes innd, an NNTP (NetNews Transport
Protocol) server, and nnrpd, a newsreader that is spawned for each
client. Both innd and nnrpd vary slightly from the NNTP protocol, but
not in ways that are easily noticed.
Install the inn package if you need a complete system for serving and
reading Usenet news. You may also need to install inn-devel, if you
are going to use a separate program which interfaces to INN, like
newsgate or tin.
iproute-2.6.18-4 .el5 - iproute-2.6.18-9.el5
Summary: Advanced IP routing and network device configuration tools.
Description:
The iproute package contains networking utilities (ip and rtmon, for
example) which are designed to use the advanced networking
capabilities of the Linux 2.4.x and 2.6.x kernel.
iprutils-2.2.6-1.el5 - iprutils-2.2.8-2.el5
Summary: Utilities for the IBM Power Linux RAID adapters
Description:
Provides a suite of utilities to manage and configure SCSI devices
supported by the ipr SCSI storage device driver.
ipsec-tools-0.6.5-8.el5 - ipsec-tools-0.6.5-13.el5
Summary: T ools for configuring and using IPSEC
Description:
107
This is the IPsec-Tools package. You need this package in order to
really use the IPsec functionality in the linux-2.5+ kernels. This
package builds:
- setkey, a program to directly manipulate policies and SAs
- racoon, an IKEv1 keying daemon
Added Dependencies:
kernel-headers >= 2.6.18-92
iptables-1.3.5-1.2.1 - iptables-1.3.5-4 .el5
Summary: T ools for m anaging Linux kernel packet filtering
capabilities.
Description:
The iptables utility controls the network packet filtering code in the
Linux kernel. If you need to set up firewalls and/or IP masquerading,
you should install this package.
iputils-20020927-4 3.el5 - iputils-20020927-4 5.el5
Summary: Network m onitoring tools including ping.
Description:
The iputils package contains basic utilities for monitoring a network,
including ping. The ping command sends a series of ICMP protocol
ECHO_REQUEST packets to a specified network host to discover whether
the target machine is alive and receiving network traffic.
irqbalance-0.55-6.el5 - irqbalance-0.55-10.el5
Summary: IRQ balancing daem on.
Description:
irqbalance is a daemon that evenly distributes IRQ load across
multiple CPUs for enhanced performance.
108
iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.865-0.8.el5 - iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.868-0.18.el5
Summary: iSCSI daem on and utility program s
Description:
The iscsi package provides the server daemon for the iSCSI protocol,
as well as the utility programs used to manage it. iSCSI is a protocol
for distributed disk access using SCSI commands sent over Internet
Protocol networks.
Added Dependencies:
bison
flex
isdn4 k-utils-3.2-50.1 - isdn4 k-utils-3.2-51.el5
Summary: Utilities for configuring an ISDN subsystem .
Description:
The isdn4k-utils package contains a collection of utilities needed for
configuring an ISDN subsystem.
jakarta-commons-collections-3.1-6jpp.1 - jakarta-commons-collections-3.2-2jpp.3
Group: Developm ent/Libraries/Java
Summary: Jakarta Com m ons Collections Package
Description:
The introduction of the Collections API by Sun in JDK 1.2 has been a
boon to quick and effective Java programming. Ready access to powerful
data structures has accelerated development by reducing the need for
custom container classes around each core object. Most Java2 APIs are
significantly easier to use because of the Collections API.
However, there are certain holes left unfilled by Sun's
implementations, and the Jakarta-Commons Collections Component strives
to fulfill them. Among the features of this package are:
- special-purpose implementations of Lists and Maps for fast access
- adapter classes from Java1-style containers (arrays, enumerations) to
Java2-style collections.
- methods to test or create typical set-theory properties of collections
such as union, intersection, and closure.
Added Dependencies:
xml-commons-apis >= 1.3
109
java-1.4 .2-gcj-compat-1.4 .2.0-4 0jpp.112 - java-1.4 .2-gcj-compat-1.4 .2.0-4 0jpp.115
Summary: JPackage runtim e scripts for GCJ
Description:
This package installs directory structures, shell scripts and symbolic
links to simulate a JPackage-compatible runtime environment with GCJ.
kbd-1.12-19.el5 - kbd-1.12-21.el5
Summary: T ools for configuring the console (keyboard, virtual
term inals, etc.)
Description:
The kbd package contains tools for managing a Linux
system's console's behavior, including the keyboard, the screen
fonts, the virtual terminals and font files.
kdeadmin-3.5.4 -2.fc6 - kdeadmin-3.5.4 -3.el5
Summary: Adm inistrative tools for KDE.
Description:
The kdeadmin package includes administrative tools for the K Desktop
Environment (KDE) including:
kcron - Crontab editor
kdat - Tape backup tool
kuser - Frontend for configuring users and user groups
kdebase-3.5.4 -13.6.el5 - kdebase-3.5.4 -19.el5
Summary: K Desktop Environm ent - core files
Description:
110
Core applications for the K Desktop Environment. Included are: kdm
(replacement for xdm), kwin (window manager), konqueror (filemanager,
web browser, ftp client, ...), konsole (xterm replacement), kpanel
(application starter and desktop pager), kaudio (audio server),
kdehelp (viewer for kde help files, info and man pages), kthememgr
(system for managing alternate theme packages) plus other KDE
components (kcheckpass, kikbd, kscreensaver, kcontrol, kfind,
kfontmanager, kmenuedit).
Added Dependencies:
libutempter-devel
kdebindings-3.5.4 -1.fc6 - kdebindings-3.5.4 -6.el5
Summary: KDE bindings to non-C++ languages
Description:
KDE/DCOP bindings to non-C++ languages
Added Dependencies:
libutempter-devel
perl >= 5.8.8
perl >= 5.8
kdelibs-3.5.4 -13.el5 - kdelibs-3.5.4 -18.el5
Summary: K Desktop Environm ent - Libraries
Description:
Libraries for the K Desktop Environment:
KDE Libraries included: kdecore (KDE core library), kdeui (user
interface),
kfm (file manager), khtmlw (HTML widget), kio (Input/Output, networking),
kspell (spelling checker), jscript (javascript), kab (addressbook),
kimgio (image manipulation).
kdenetwork-3.5.4 -4 .fc6 - kdenetwork-3.5.4 -8.el5
Summary: K Desktop Environm ent - Network Applications
Description:
Networking applications for the K Desktop Environment.
111
Added Dependencies:
libutempter-devel
kernel-2.6.18-53.el5 - kernel-2.6.18-128.el5
Summary: T he Linux kernel (the core of the Linux operating system )
Description:
The kernel package contains the Linux kernel (vmlinuz), the core of any
Linux operating system. The kernel handles the basic functions
of the operating system: memory allocation, process allocation, device
input and output, etc.
kexec-tools-1.101-194 .4 .el5 - kexec-tools-1.102pre-56.el5
Summary: T he kexec/kdum p userspace com ponent.
Description:
kexec-tools provides /sbin/kexec binary that facilitates a new
kernel to boot using the kernel's kexec feature either on a
normal or a panic reboot. This package contains the /sbin/kexec
binary and ancillary utilities that together form the userspace
component of the kernel's kexec feature.
krb5-1.6.1-17.el5 - krb5-1.6.1-31.el5
Summary: T he Kerberos network authentication system .
Description:
Kerberos V5 is a trusted-third-party network authentication system,
which can improve your network's security by eliminating the insecure
practice of cleartext passwords.
ksh-20060214 -1.4 - ksh-20080202-2.el5
Group: Applications/Shells
112
Summary: T he Original AT T Korn Shell
Description:
KSH-93 is
AT&T Bell
KornShell
with "sh"
the most recent version of the KornShell by David Korn of
Laboratories.
is a shell programming language, which is upward compatible
(the Bourne Shell).
kudzu-1.2.57.1.15-1 - kudzu-1.2.57.1.21-1
Summary: T he Red Hat Linux hardware probing tool.
Description:
Kudzu is a hardware probing tool run at system boot time to determine
what hardware has been added or removed from the system.
lam-7.1.2-8.fc6 - lam-7.1.2-14 .el5
Summary: T he LAM (Local Area Multicom puter) program m ing
environm ent.
Description:
113
LAM (Local Area Multicomputer) is an Message-Passing Interface (MPI)
programming environment and development system for heterogeneous
computers on a network. With LAM/MPI, a dedicated cluster or an
existing network computing infrastructure can act as one parallel
computer to solve one problem. LAM/MPI is considered to be "cluster
friendly" because it offers daemon-based process startup/control as
well as fast client-to-client message passing protocols. LAM/MPI can
use TCP/IP and/or shared memory for message passing (different RPMs
are supplied for this -- see the main LAM website at
http://www.mpi.nd.edu/lam/ for details).<
LAM features a full implementation of MPI version 1 (with the
exception that LAM does not support cancelling of sends), and much of
version 2. Compliant applications are source code portable between LAM
and any other implementation of MPI. In addition to meeting the
standard, LAM/MPI offers extensive monitoring capabilities to support
debugging. Monitoring happens on two levels: On one level, LAM/MPI has
the hooks to allow a snapshot of a process and message status to be
taken at any time during an application run. The status includes all
aspects of synchronization plus datatype map/signature, communicator
group membership and message contents (see the XMPI application on the
main LAM website). On the second level, the MPI library can produce a
cumulative record of communication, which can be visualized either at
runtime or post-mortem.
libX11-1.0.3-8.0.1.el5 - libX11-1.0.3-9.el5
Summary: X.Org X11 libX11 runtim e library
Description:
X.Org X11 libX11 runtime library
libXfont-1.2.2-1.0.2.el5 - libXfont-1.2.2-1.0.3.el5_1
Summary: X.Org X11 libXfont runtim e library
Description:
X.Org X11 libXfont runtime library
libao-0.8.6-5 - libao-0.8.6-7
114
Summary: Cross Platform Audio Output Library.
Description:
Libao is a cross platform audio output library. It currently supports
ESD, OSS, Solaris, and IRIX.
libchewing-0.3.0-7.el5 - libchewing-0.3.0-8.el5
Summary: Intelligent phonetic input m ethod library for T raditional
Chinese
Description:
libchewing is an intelligent phonetic input method library for Chinese.
It provides the core algorithm and logic that can be used by various
input methods. The Chewing input method is a smart bopomofo phonetics
input method that is useful for inputting Mandarin Chinese.
libdhcp-1.20-2.el5 - libdhcp-1.20-6.el5
Summary: A library for network interface configuration with DHCP
Description:
libdhcp enables programs to invoke and control the Dynamic Host
Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) clients: the Internet Software Consortium (ISC) IPv4
DHCP
client library, libdhcp4client, and the IPv6 DHCPv6 client library,
libdhcp6client, and provides Network Interface Configuration (NIC)
services
for network parameter autoconfiguration with DHCP.
Added Dependencies:
dhcp-devel >= 12:3.0.5-13
libdhcp4client-devel >= 12:3.0.5-13
libdhcp6client-devel >= 1.0.9-1
dhcp-devel
libdhcp4client-devel >= 12:3.0.4-17
libdhcp6client-devel
liberation-fonts-0.2-2.el5 - liberation-fonts-1.0-1.el5
115
Summary: Fonts to replace com m only used Microsoft Windows Fonts
Description:
The Liberation Fonts are intended to be replacements for the three
most commonly used fonts on Microsoft systems: Times New Roman,
Arial, and Courier New.
libexif-0.6.13-4 .0.2.el5 - libexif-0.6.13-4 .0.2.el5_1.1
Summary: Library for extracting extra inform ation from im age files
Description:
Most digital cameras produce EXIF files, which are JPEG files with
extra tags that contain information about the image. The EXIF library
allows you to parse an EXIF file and read the data from those tags.
libgcrypt-1.2.3-1 - libgcrypt-1.2.4 -1.el5
Summary: A general-purpose cryptography library.
Description:
Libgcrypt is a general purpose crypto library based on the code used
in GNU Privacy Guard. This is a development version.
libgnomeprint22-2.12.1-9.el5 - libgnomeprint22-2.12.1-10.el5
Summary: Printing library for GNOME.
Description:
116
GNOME (GNU Network Object Model Environment) is a user-friendly set of
applications and desktop tools to be used in conjunction with a window
manager for the X Window System. The gnome-print package contains
libraries and fonts needed by GNOME applications for printing.
You should install the gnome-print package if you intend to use any of
the GNOME applications that can print. If you would like to develop
GNOME applications that can print you will also need to install the
gnome-print devel package.
libhugetlbfs-1.0.1-1.el5 - libhugetlbfs-1.3-3.el5
Summary: Library to access the Huge T LB Filesystem
Description:
The libhugetlbfs library interacts with the Linux hugetlbfs to make large
pages
available to applications in a transparent manner.
libica-1.3.7-5.el5 - libica-1.3.7-8.el5
Summary: A library of functions for accessing ICA hardware crypto on
IBM zSeries
Description:
A library of functions for accessing ICA hardware crypto on IBM zSeries
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
automake
libtool
libnl-1.0-0.10.pre5.4 - libnl-1.0-0.10.pre5.5
Summary: Convenience library for kernel netlink sockets
Description:
This package contains a convenience library to simplify
using the Linux kernel's netlink sockets interface for
network manipulation
117
libpng-1.2.10-7.0.2 - libpng-1.2.10-7.1.el5_0.1
Summary: A library of functions for m anipulating PNG im age form at
files
Description:
The libpng package contains a library of functions for creating and
manipulating PNG (Portable Network Graphics) image format files. PNG
is a bit-mapped graphics format similar to the GIF format. PNG was
created to replace the GIF format, since GIF uses a patented data
compression algorithm.
Libpng should be installed if you need to manipulate PNG format image
files.
libraw1394 -1.2.1-1.fc6 - libraw1394 -1.3.0-1.el5
Summary: Library providing low-level IEEE-1394 access
Description:
The libraw1394 library provides direct access to the IEEE-1394 bus
through
the Linux 1394 subsystem's raw1394 user space interface.
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
automake
libtool
librtas-1.2.4 -3.el5 - librtas-1.3.3-1.el5
Summary: Libraries to provide access to RT AS calls and RT AS events
Description:
118
The librtas shared library provides userspace with an interface
through which certain RTAS calls can be made. The library uses
either of the RTAS User Module or the RTAS system call to direct
the kernel in making these calls.
The librtasevent shared library provides users with a set of
definitions and common routines useful in parsing and dumping
the contents of RTAS events.
libselinux-1.33.4 -4 .el5 - libselinux-1.33.4 -5.1.el5
Summary: SELinux library and sim ple utilities
Description:
libselinux provides an API for SELinux applications to get and set
process and file security contexts and to obtain security policy
decisions. Required for any applications that use the SELinux API.
libtiff-3.8.2-7.el5 - libtiff-3.8.2-7.el5_2.2
Summary: Library of functions for m anipulating T IFF form at im age
files
Description:
The libtiff package contains a library of functions for manipulating
TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) image format files. TIFF is a widely
used file format for bitmapped images. TIFF files usually end in the
.tif extension and they are often quite large.
The libtiff package should be installed if you need to manipulate TIFF
format image files.
119
libuser-0.54 .7-2.el5.2 - libuser-0.54 .7-2.el5.5
Summary: A user and group account adm inistration library.
Description:
The libuser library implements a standardized interface for manipulating
and administering user and group accounts. The library uses pluggable
back-ends to interface to its data sources.
Sample applications modeled after those included with the shadow
password
suite are included.
libutempter-1.1.4 -3.fc6 - libutempter-1.1.4 -4 .el5
Summary: A privileged helper for utm p/wtm p updates
Description:
This library provides interface for terminal emulators such as
screen and xterm to record user sessions to utmp and wtmp files.
libvirt-0.2.3-9.el5 - libvirt-0.3.3-14 .el5
Summary: Library providing a sim ple API virtualization
Description:
Libvirt is a C toolkit to interract with the virtualization capabilities
of recent versions of Linux (and other OSes).
Added Dependencies:
avahi-devel
bridge-utils
dnsmasq
gnutls-devel
/sbin/iptables
libsysfs-devel
libvorbis-1.1.2-3.el5.0 - libvorbis-1.1.2-3.el5_1.2
120
Summary: T he Vorbis General Audio Com pression Codec.
Description:
Ogg Vorbis is a fully open, non-proprietary, patent-and royalty-free,
general-purpose compressed audio format for audio and music at fixed
and variable bitrates from 16 to 128 kbps/channel.
The libvorbis package contains runtime libraries for use in programs
that support Ogg Voribs.
libxml2-2.6.26-2.1.2 - libxml2-2.6.26-2.1.2.7
Summary: Library providing XML and HT ML support
Description:
This library allows to manipulate XML files. It includes support
to read, modify and write XML and HTML files. There is DTDs support
this includes parsing and validation even with complex DtDs, either
at parse time or later once the document has been modified. The output
can be a simple SAX stream or and in-memory DOM like representations.
In this case one can use the built-in XPath and XPointer implementation
to select subnodes or ranges. A flexible Input/Output mechanism is
available, with existing HTTP and FTP modules and combined to an
URI library.
libxslt-1.1.17-2 - libxslt-1.1.17-2.el5_2.2
Summary: Library providing the Gnom e XSLT engine
Description:
This C library allows to transform XML files into other XML files
(or HTML, text, ...) using the standard XSLT stylesheet transformation
mechanism. To use it you need to have a version of libxml2 >= 2.6.25
installed. The xsltproc command is a command line interface to the XSLT
engine
linuxwacom-0.7.4 .3-2.el5 - linuxwacom-0.7.8.3-5.el5
Summary: Wacom Drivers from Linux Wacom Project
Description:
121
The Linux Wacom Project manages the drivers, libraries, and
documentation for configuring and running Wacom tablets under the
Linux operating system. It contains diagnostic applications as well as
X.org XInput drivers.
Added Dependencies:
desktop-file-utils
tcl-devel
tk-devel
lm_sensors-2.10.0-3.1 - lm_sensors-2.10.7-4 .el5
Summary: Hardware m onitoring tools.
Description:
The lm_sensors package includes a collection of modules for general
SMBus
access and hardware monitoring. NOTE: this requires special support which
is not in standard 2.2-vintage kernels.
logrotate-3.7.4 -7 - logrotate-3.7.4 -9
Summary: Rotates, com presses, rem oves and m ails system log files.
Description:
The logrotate utility is designed to simplify the administration of
log files on a system which generates a lot of log files. Logrotate
allows for the automatic rotation compression, removal and mailing of
log files. Logrotate can be set to handle a log file daily, weekly,
monthly or when the log file gets to a certain size. Normally,
logrotate runs as a daily cron job.
Install the logrotate package if you need a utility to deal with the
log files on your system.
logwatch-7.3-5 - logwatch-7.3-6.el5
Summary: A log file analysis program
Description:
122
Logwatch is a customizable, pluggable log-monitoring system. It will go
through your logs for a given period of time and make a report in the
areas
that you wish with the detail that you wish. Easy to use - works right out
of the package on many systems.
ltrace-0.5-6.4 5svn.fc6 - ltrace-0.5-7.4 5svn.el5
Summary: T racks runtim e library calls from dynam ically linked
executables.
Description:
Ltrace is a debugging program which runs a specified command until the
command exits. While the command is executing, ltrace intercepts and
records both the dynamic library calls called by the executed process
and the signals received by the executed process. Ltrace can also
intercept and print system calls executed by the process.
You should install ltrace if you need a sysadmin tool for tracking the
execution of processes.
lvm2-2.02.26-3.el5 - lvm2-2.02.4 0-6.el5
Summary: Userland logical volum e m anagem ent tools
Description:
LVM2 includes all of the support for handling read/write operations on
physical volumes (hard disks, RAID-Systems, magneto optical, etc.,
multiple devices (MD), see mdadd(8) or even loop devices, see
losetup(8)), creating volume groups (kind of virtual disks) from one
or more physical volumes and creating one or more logical volumes
(kind of logical partitions) in volume groups.
Added Dependencies:
device-mapper >= 1.02.28-2
lvm2-cluster-2.02.26-1.el5 - lvm2-cluster-2.02.4 0-7.el5
Summary: Cluster extensions for userland logical volum e m anagem ent
tools
123
Description:
Extensions to LVM2 to support clusters.
Added Dependencies:
lynx-2.8.5-28.1 - lynx-2.8.5-28.1.el5_2.1
Summary: A text-based Web browser.
Description:
Lynx is a text-based Web browser. Lynx does not display any images,
but it does support frames, tables, and most other HTML tags. One
advantage Lynx has over graphical browsers is speed; Lynx starts and
exits quickly and swiftly displays webpages.
m17n-db-1.3.3-4 6.el5 - m17n-db-1.3.3-4 8.el5
Summary: Multilingualization datafiles for m 17n-lib
Description:
This package contains multilingualization (m17n) datafiles for m17n-lib
which describe input maps, encoding maps, and OpenType font data
for many languages.
m2crypto-0.16-6.el5.1 - m2crypto-0.16-6.el5.3
Summary: Support for using OpenSSL in python scripts
Description:
This package allows you to call OpenSSL functions from python scripts.
mailman-2.1.9-2 - mailman-2.1.9-4 .el5
124
Summary: Mailing list m anager with built in Web access.
Description:
Mailman is software to help manage email discussion lists, much like
Majordomo and Smartmail. Unlike most similar products, Mailman gives
each mailing list a webpage, and allows users to subscribe,
unsubscribe, etc. over the Web. Even the list manager can administer
his or her list entirely from the Web. Mailman also integrates most
things people want to do with mailing lists, including archiving, mail
<-> news gateways, and so on.
Documentation can be found in: /usr/share/doc/mailman-2.1.9
When the package has finished installing, you will need to perform some
additional installation steps, these are described in:
/usr/share/doc/mailman-2.1.9/INSTALL.REDHAT
make-3.81-1.1 - make-3.81-3.el5
Summary: A GNU tool which sim plifies the build process for users.
Description:
A GNU tool for controlling the generation of executables and other
non-source files of a program from the program's source files. Make
allows users to build and install packages without any significant
knowledge about the details of the build process. The details about
how the program should be built are provided for make in the program's
makefile.
The GNU make tool should be installed on your system because it is
commonly used to simplify the process of installing programs.
man-pages-2.39-10.el5 - man-pages-2.39-12.el5
Summary: Man (m anual) pages from the Linux Docum entation Project.
Description:
A large collection of man pages (documentation) from the Linux
Documentation Project (LDP).
man-pages-ja-20060815-5 - man-pages-ja-20060815-9.el5
125
Summary: Japanese m an (m anual) pages from the Japanese Manual
Project
Description:
Japanese Manual pages, translated by JM-Project (Japanese Manual
Project).
mcstrans-0.2.6-1.el5 - mcstrans-0.2.11-3.el5
Summary: SELinux T ranslation Daem on
Description:
mcstrans provides an translation daemon to translate SELinux categories
from internal representations to user defined representation.
mdadm-2.5.4 -3.el5 - mdadm-2.6.4 -1.el5
Summary: m dadm controls Linux m d devices (software RAID arrays)
Description:
mdadm is used to create, manage, and monitor Linux MD (software RAID)
devices. As such, it provides similar functionality to the raidtools
package. However, mdadm is a single program, and it can perform
almost all functions without a configuration file, though a configuration
file can be used to help with some common tasks.
mesa-6.5.1-7.5.el5 - mesa-6.5.1-7.7.el5
126
Summary: Mesa graphics libraries
Description:
Mesa
metacity-2.16.0-8.el5 - metacity-2.16.0-12.el5
Summary: Metacity window m anager
Description:
Metacity is a simple window manager that integrates nicely with
GNOME 2.
microcode_ctl-1.17-1.4 2.el5 - microcode_ctl-1.17-1.4 7.el5
Summary: T ool to update x86/x86-64 CPU m icrocode.
Description:
microcode_ctl - updates the microcode on Intel x86/x86-64 CPU's
mkinitrd-5.1.19.6-19 - mkinitrd-5.1.19.6-4 4
Summary: Creates an initial ram disk im age for preloading m odules.
Description:
Mkinitrd creates filesystem images for use as initial ramdisk (initrd)
images. These ramdisk images are often used to preload the block
device modules (SCSI or RAID) needed to access the root filesystem.
In other words, generic kernels can be built without drivers for any
SCSI adapters which load the SCSI driver as a module. Since the
kernel needs to read those modules, but in this case it isn't able to
address the SCSI adapter, an initial ramdisk is used. The initial
ramdisk is loaded by the operating system loader (normally LILO) and
is available to the kernel as soon as the ramdisk is loaded. The
ramdisk image loads the proper SCSI adapter and allows the kernel to
mount the root filesystem. The mkinitrd program creates such a
ramdisk using information found in the /etc/modules.conf file.
127
Added Dependencies:
libdhcp-devel >= 1.20-6
libdhcp-devel >= 1.9
mlocate-0.15-1.el5 - mlocate-0.15-1.el5.1
Summary: An utility for finding files by nam e
Description:
mlocate is a locate/updatedb implementation. It keeps a database of
all existing files and allows you to lookup files by name.
The 'm' stands for "merging": updatedb reuses the existing database to
avoid
rereading most of the file system, which makes updatedb faster and does
not
trash the system caches as much as traditional locate implementations.
mod_nss-1.0.3-4 .el5 - mod_nss-1.0.3-6.el5
Summary: SSL/T LS m odule for the Apache HT T P server
Description:
The mod_nss module provides strong cryptography for the Apache Web
server via the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer
Security (TLS) protocols using the Network Security Services (NSS)
security library.
mod_perl-2.0.2-6.3.el5 - mod_perl-2.0.4 -6.el5
Summary: An em bedded Perl interpreter for the Apache HT T P Server
Description:
128
Mod_perl incorporates a Perl interpreter into the Apache web server,
so that the Apache web server can directly execute Perl code.
Mod_perl links the Perl runtime library into the Apache web server and
provides an object-oriented Perl interface for Apache's C language
API. The end result is a quicker CGI script turnaround process, since
no external Perl interpreter has to be started.
Install mod_perl if you're installing the Apache web server and you'd
like for it to directly incorporate a Perl interpreter.
Added Dependencies:
perl
perl(ExtUtils::Embed)
perl >= 1:5.6.1
module-init-tools-3.3-0.pre3.1.34 .el5 - module-init-tools-3.3-0.pre3.1.4 2.el5
Summary: Kernel m odule m anagem ent utilities.
Description:
The modutils package includes various programs needed for automatic
loading and unloading of modules under 2.6 and later kernels, as well
as other module management programs. Device drivers and filesystems
are two examples of loaded and unloaded modules.
mozldap-6.0.4 -1.el5 - mozldap-6.0.5-1.el5
Summary: Mozilla LDAP C SDK
Description:
The Mozilla LDAP C SDK is a set of libraries that
allow applications to communicate with LDAP directory
servers. These libraries are derived from the University
of Michigan and Netscape LDAP libraries. They use Mozilla
NSPR and NSS for crypto.
mysql-5.0.22-2.1.0.1 - mysql-5.0.4 5-7.el5
Group: Applications/Databases
Summary: MySQL client program s and shared libraries.
Description:
129
MySQL is a multi-user, multi-threaded SQL database server. MySQL is a
client/server implementation consisting of a server daemon (mysqld)
and many different client programs and libraries. The base package
contains the MySQL client programs, the client shared libraries, and
generic MySQL files.
Added Dependencies:
gawk
nautilus-2.16.2-6.el5 - nautilus-2.16.2-7.el5
Summary: Nautilus is a file m anager for GNOME.
Description:
Nautilus integrates access to files, applications, media,
Internet-based resources and the Web. Nautilus delivers a dynamic and
rich user experience. Nautilus is an free software project developed
under the GNU General Public License and is a core component of the
GNOME desktop project.
neon-0.25.5-5.1 - neon-0.25.5-10.el5
Summary: An HT T P and WebDAV client library
Description:
neon is an HTTP and WebDAV client library, with a C interface;
providing a high-level interface to HTTP and WebDAV methods along
with a low-level interface for HTTP request handling. neon
supports persistent connections, proxy servers, basic, digest and
Kerberos authentication, and has complete SSL support.
net-snmp-5.3.1-19.el5 - net-snmp-5.3.2.2-5.el5
Summary: A collection of SNMP protocol tools and libraries.
Description:
130
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol used for
network management. The NET-SNMP project includes various SNMP tools:
an extensible agent, an SNMP library, tools for requesting or setting
information from SNMP agents, tools for generating and handling SNMP
traps, a version of the netstat command which uses SNMP, and a Tk/Perl
mib browser. This package contains the snmpd and snmptrapd daemons,
documentation, etc.
You will probably also want to install the net-snmp-utils package,
which contains NET-SNMP utilities.
Building option:
--without tcp_wrappers : disable tcp_wrappers support
net-tools-1.60-73 - net-tools-1.60-78.el5
Summary: Basic networking tools.
Description:
The net-tools package contains basic networking tools, including
ifconfig, netstat, route, and others.
newt-0.52.2-9 - newt-0.52.2-12.el5
Summary: A developm ent library for text m ode user interfaces.
Description:
Newt is a programming library for color text mode, widget based user
interfaces. Newt can be used to add stacked windows, entry widgets,
checkboxes, radio buttons, labels, plain text fields, scrollbars,
etc., to text mode user interfaces. This package also contains the
shared library needed by programs built with newt, as well as a
/usr/bin/dialog replacement called whiptail. Newt is based on the
slang library.
nfs-utils-1.0.9-24 .el5 - nfs-utils-1.0.9-4 0.el5
Summary: NFS utilities and supporting clients and daem ons for the
kernel NFS server.
Description:
131
The nfs-utils package provides a daemon for the kernel NFS server and
related tools, which provides a much higher level of performance than
the
traditional Linux NFS server used by most users.
This package also contains the showmount program. Showmount queries the
mount daemon on a remote host for information about the NFS (Network
File
System) server on the remote host. For example, showmount can display
the
clients which are mounted on that host.
This package also contains the mount.nfs and umount.nfs program.
Added Dependencies:
tcp_wrappers
notification-daemon-0.3.5-8.el5 - notification-daemon-0.3.5-9.el5
Summary: Notification Daem on
Description:
notification-daemon is the server implementation of the freedesktop.org
desktop
notification specification.
nspr-4 .6.5-3.el5 - nspr-4 .7.3-2.el5
Summary: Netscape Portable Runtim e
Description:
NSPR provides platform independence for non-GUI operating system
facilities. These facilities include threads, thread synchronization,
normal file and network I/O, interval timing and calendar time, basic
memory management (malloc and free) and shared library linking.
nss-3.11.7-1.3.el5 - nss-3.12.2.0-2.el5
Summary: Network Security Services
Description:
132
Network Security Services (NSS) is a set of libraries designed to
support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and
server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2
and v3, TLS, PKCS #5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509
v3 certificates, and other security standards.
Added Dependencies:
nspr-devel >= 4.6.99
zlib-devel
nspr-devel >= 4.6.2
nss_db-2.2-35.1 - nss_db-2.2-35.3
Summary: An NSS library for the Berkeley DB.
Description:
Nss_db is a set of C library extensions which allow Berkeley Databases
to be used as a primary source of aliases, ethers, groups, hosts,
networks, protocol, users, RPCs, services, and shadow passwords
(instead of or in addition to using flat files or NIS). Install nss_db
if your flat name service files are too large and lookups are slow.
nss_ldap-253-5.el5 - nss_ldap-253-17.el5
Summary: NSS library and PAM m odule for LDAP.
Description:
This package includes two LDAP access clients: nss_ldap and pam_ldap.
Nss_ldap is a set of C library extensions that allow X.500 and LDAP
directory servers to be used as a primary source of aliases, ethers,
groups, hosts, networks, protocol, users, RPCs, services, and shadow
passwords (instead of or in addition to using flat files or NIS).
Pam_ldap is a module for Linux-PAM that supports password changes, V2
clients, Netscape's SSL, ypldapd, Netscape Directory Server password
policies, access authorization, and crypted hashes.
Added Dependencies:
fipscheck-devel
keyutils-libs-devel
libselinux-devel
ntp-4 .2.2p1-7.el5 - ntp-4 .2.2p1-9.el5
133
Summary: Synchronizes system tim e using the Network T im e Protocol
(NT P).
Description:
The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is used to synchronize a computer's
time with another reference time source. The ntp package contains
utilities and daemons that will synchronize your computer's time to
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) via the NTP protocol and NTP servers.
The ntp package includes ntpdate (a program for retrieving the date
and time from remote machines via a network) and ntpd (a daemon which
continuously adjusts system time).
Install the ntp package if you need tools for keeping your system's
time synchronized via the NTP protocol.
Added Dependencies:
perl-HT ML-Parser
numactl-0.9.8-2.el5 - numactl-0.9.8-7.el5
Summary: library for tuning for Non Uniform Mem ory Access m achines
Description:
Simple NUMA policy support. It consists of a numactl program to run
other programs with a specific NUMA policy and a libnuma to do
allocations with NUMA policy in applications.
oddjob-0.27-7 - oddjob-0.27-9.el5
Summary: A D-BUS service which runs odd jobs on behalf of client
applications
Description:
oddjob is a D-BUS service which performs particular tasks for clients
which
connect to it and issue requests using the system-wide message bus.
openCryptoki-2.2.4 -16.el5 - openCryptoki-2.2.4 -22.el5
Group: Productivity/Security
Summary: Im plem entation of Cryptoki v2.11 for IBM Crypto Hardware
134
Description:
The PKCS#11 Version 2.11 api implemented for the IBM Crypto cards.
This package includes support for the IBM 4758 Cryptographic
CoProcessor (with the PKCS#11 firmware loaded) and the IBM eServer
Cryptographic Accelerator (FC 4960 on pSeries)
Added Dependencies:
trousers-devel
openais-0.80.3-7.el5 - openais-0.80.3-22.el5
Summary: T he openais Standards-Based Cluster Fram ework executive
and APIs
Description:
This package contains the openais executive, openais service handlers,
default configuration files and init script.
openhpi-2.8.1-2.el5.7 - openhpi-2.10.2-1.el5
Summary: openhpi Hardware Platform Interface (HPI) library and
tools
Description:
OpenHPI is an open source project created with the intent of providing
an
implementation of the SA Forum's Hardware Platform Interface (HPI). HPI
provides an abstracted interface to managing computer hardware,
typically for
chassis and rack based servers. HPI includes resource modeling; access to
and
control over sensor, control, watchdog, and inventory data associated
with
resources; abstracted System Event Log interfaces; hardware events and
alerts;
and a managed hotswap interface.
OpenHPI provides a modular mechanism for
support
easily. Many plugins exist in the OpenHPI
to
various types of hardware. This includes,
based
servers, Blade Center, and machines which
adding new hardware and device
source tree to provide access
but is not limited to, IPMI
export data via sysfs.
135
openib-1.2-6.el5 - openib-1.3.2-0.20080728.0355.3.el5
Summary: OpenIB Infiniband Driver Stack
Description:
User space initialization scripts for the kernel InfiniBand drivers
autoconf
automake
libsysfs-devel
libtool
pciutils-devel
zlib-devel
openldap-2.3.27-8 - openldap-2.3.4 3-3.el5
Summary: T he configuration files, libraries, and docum entation for
OpenLDAP.
Description:
OpenLDAP is an open source suite of LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol) applications and development tools. LDAP is a set of
protocols for accessing directory services (usually phone book style
information, but other information is possible) over the Internet,
similar to the way DNS (Domain Name System) information is propagated
over the Internet. The openldap package contains configuration files,
libraries, and documentation for OpenLDAP.
openmotif-2.3.0-0.3.el5 - openmotif-2.3.1-2.el5
Summary: Open Motif runtim e libraries and executables.
Description:
This is the Open Motif 2.3.1 runtime environment. It includes the
Motif shared libraries, needed to run applications which are dynamically
linked against Motif, and the Motif Window Manager "mwm".
136
openmpi-1.2.3-4 .el5 - openmpi-1.2.7-6.el5
Summary: Open Message Passing Interface
Description:
Open MPI is an open source, freely available implementation of both the
MPI-1 and MPI-2 standards, combining technologies and resources from
several other projects (FT-MPI, LA-MPI, LAM/MPI, and PACX-MPI) in
order to build the best MPI library available. A completely new MPI-2
compliant implementation, Open MPI offers advantages for system and
software vendors, application developers, and computer science
researchers. For more information, see http://www.open-mpi.org/ .
Added Dependencies:
compat-dapl-devel
dapl-devel
libsysfs-devel
openssh-4 .3p2-24 .el5 - openssh-4 .3p2-29.el5
Summary: T he OpenSSH im plem entation of SSH protocol versions 1 and
2
Description:
SSH (Secure SHell) is a program for logging into and executing
commands on a remote machine. SSH is intended to replace rlogin and
rsh, and to provide secure encrypted communications between two
untrusted hosts over an insecure network. X11 connections and
arbitrary TCP/IP ports can also be forwarded over the secure channel.
OpenSSH is OpenBSD's version of the last free version of SSH, bringing
it up to date in terms of security and features, as well as removing
all patented algorithms to separate libraries.
This package includes the core files necessary for both the OpenSSH
client and server. To make this package useful, you should also
install openssh-clients, openssh-server, or both.
Added Dependencies:
openssl-devel >= 0.9.8e
openssl-devel
openssl-0.9.8b-8.3.el5_0.2 - openssl-0.9.8e-7.el5
Summary: T he OpenSSL toolkit
Description:
137
The OpenSSL toolkit provides support for secure communications between
machines. OpenSSL includes a certificate management tool and shared
libraries which provide various cryptographic algorithms and
protocols.
Added Dependencies:
fipscheck
openssl097a-0.9.7a-9 - openssl097a-0.9.7a-9.el5_2.1
Summary: T he OpenSSL toolkit
Description:
The OpenSSL toolkit provides support for secure communications between
machines. OpenSSL includes a certificate management tool and shared
libraries which provide various cryptographic algorithms and
protocols.
oprofile-0.9.2-6.el5 - oprofile-0.9.3-18.el5
Summary: System wide profiler
Description:
OProfile is a profiling system for systems running Linux. The
profiling runs transparently during the background, and profile data
can be collected at any time. OProfile makes use of the hardware
performance
counters provided on Intel P6, and AMD Athlon family processors, and can
use
the RTC for profiling on other x86 processor types.
See the HTML documentation for further details.
pam-0.99.6.2-3.26.el5 - pam-0.99.6.2-4 .el5
Summary: A security tool which provides authentication for
applications
Description:
138
PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is a system security tool that
allows system administrators to set authentication policy without
having to recompile programs that handle authentication.
Added Dependencies:
audit-libs-devel >= 1.6.5
kernel-headers >= 2.6.18-114
audit-libs-devel >= 1.0.8
pam_krb5-2.2.14 -1 - pam_krb5-2.2.14 -10
Summary: A Pluggable Authentication Module for Kerberos 5.
Description:
This is pam_krb5, a pluggable authentication module that can be used with
Linux-PAM and Kerberos 5. This module supports password checking, ticket
creation, and optional TGT verification and conversion to Kerberos IV
tickets.
The included pam_krb5afs module also gets AFS tokens if so configured.
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
automake
libtool
paps-0.6.6-17.el5 - paps-0.6.6-18.el5
Summary: Plain T ext to PostScript converter
Description:
paps is a PostScript converter from plain text file using Pango.
parted-1.8.1-12.el5 - parted-1.8.1-23.el5
Summary: T he GNU disk partition m anipulation program
Description:
The GNU Parted program allows you to create, destroy, resize, move,
and copy hard disk partitions. Parted can be used for creating space
for new operating systems, reorganizing disk usage, and copying data
to new hard disks.
139
patch-2.5.4 -29.2.2 - patch-2.5.4 -29.2.3.el5
Summary: T he GNU patch com m and, for m odifying/upgrading files.
Description:
The patch program applies diff files to originals. The diff command
is used to compare an original to a changed file. Diff lists the
changes made to the file. A person who has the original file can then
use the patch command with the diff file to add the changes to their
original file (patching the file).
Patch should be installed because it is a common way of upgrading
applications.
pciutils-2.2.3-4 - pciutils-2.2.3-5
Summary: PCI bus related utilities.
Description:
The pciutils package contains various utilities for inspecting and
setting devices connected to the PCI bus. The utilities provided
require kernel version 2.1.82 or newer (which support the
/proc/bus/pci interface).
pcre-6.6-1.1 - pcre-6.6-2.el5_1.7
Summary: Perl-com patible regular expression library
Description:
Perl-compatible regular expression library.
PCRE has its own native API, but a set of "wrapper" functions that are
based on
the POSIX API are also supplied in the library libpcreposix. Note that
this
just provides a POSIX calling interface to PCRE: the regular expressions
themselves still follow Perl syntax and semantics. The header file
for the POSIX-style functions is called pcreposix.h.
14 0
pcsc-lite-1.3.1-7 - pcsc-lite-1.4 .4 -0.1.el5
Summary: PC/SC Lite sm art card fram ework and applications
Description:
The purpose of PC/SC Lite is to provide a Windows(R) SCard interface
in a very small form factor for communicating to smartcards and
readers. PC/SC Lite uses the same winscard API as used under
Windows(R). This package includes the PC/SC Lite daemon, a resource
manager that coordinates communications with smart card readers and
smart cards that are connected to the system, as well as other command
line tools.
perl-5.8.8-10 - perl-5.8.8-18.el5
Summary: T he Perl program m ing language
Description:
Perl is a high-level programming language with roots in C, sed, awk
and shell scripting. Perl is good at handling processes and files,
and is especially good at handling text. Perl's hallmarks are
practicality and efficiency. While it is used to do a lot of
different things, Perl's most common applications are system
administration utilities and web programming. A large proportion of
the CGI scripts on the web are written in Perl. You need the perl
package installed on your system so that your system can handle Perl
scripts.
Install this package if you want to program in Perl or enable your
system to handle Perl scripts.
perl-DBD-MySQL-3.0007-1.fc6 - perl-DBD-MySQL-3.0007-2.el5
Summary: A MySQL interface for perl
Description:
An implementation of DBI for MySQL for Perl.
Added Dependencies:
perl-DBI >= 1.52-2
14 1
perl(DBI)
perl-DBD-Pg-1.4 9-1.fc6 - perl-DBD-Pg-1.4 9-2.el5
Summary: A PostgresSQL interface for perl
Description:
An implementation of DBI for PostgreSQL for Perl.
Added Dependencies:
perl-DBI >= 1.52-2
perl-DBI >= 1.38
perl-DBI-1.52-1.fc6 - perl-DBI-1.52-2.el5
Summary: A database access API for perl
Description:
DBI is a database access Application Programming Interface (API) for
the Perl Language. The DBI API Specification defines a set of
functions, variables and conventions that provide a consistent
database interface independent of the actual database being used.
pfmon-3.2-0.060926.4 .el5 - pfmon-3.2-0.060926.5.el5
Summary: a perform ance m onitoring tool for Linux/ia64
Description:
This package contains pfmon 3.x, a tool to monitor performance using
the Performance Monitor Unit (PMU). Pfmon can monitor
standalone programs or the entire system on both UP and SMP Linux
systems.
This version
of pfmon requires a kernel perfmon-2.x (found in 2.6 kernels) subsystem
to
function properly.
php-5.1.6-15.el5 - php-5.1.6-23.el5
14 2
Summary: T he PHP HT ML-em bedded scripting language. (PHP: Hypertext
Preprocessor)
Description:
PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. PHP attempts to make it
easy for developers to write dynamically generated webpages. PHP also
offers built-in database integration for several commercial and
non-commercial database management systems, so writing a
database-enabled webpage with PHP is fairly simple. The most common
use of PHP coding is probably as a replacement for CGI scripts.
The php package contains the module which adds support for the PHP
language to Apache HTTP Server.
php-pear-1.4 .9-4 - php-pear-1.4 .9-4 .el5.1
Group: System
Summary: PHP Extension and Application Repository fram ework
Description:
PEAR is a framework and distribution system for reusable PHP
components. This package contains the basic PEAR components.
piranha-0.8.4 -7.el5 - piranha-0.8.4 -11.el5
Summary: Cluster adm inistation tools
Description:
Various tools to administer and configure the Linux Virtual Server as
well as
heartbeating and failover components. The LVS is a dynamically adjusted
kernel routing mechanism that provides load balancing primarily for web
and ftp servers though other services are supported.
pirut-1.2.10-1.el5 - pirut-1.3.28-13.el5
Summary: Package Installation, Rem oval and Update T ools
Description:
14 3
pirut (pronounced "pirate") provides a set of graphical tools for
managing
software.
pkgconfig-0.21-1.fc6 - pkgconfig-0.21-2.el5
Summary: A tool for determ ining com pilation options.
Description:
The pkgconfig tool determines compilation options. For each required
library, it reads the configuration file and outputs the necessary
compiler and linker flags.
pkinit-nss-0.7.3-1.el5 - pkinit-nss-0.7.6-1.el5
Summary: PKINIT for MIT Kerberos
Description:
The pkinit-nss package implements the PKINIT standard for MIT Kerberos.
It
does so using the Mozilla NSS library.
pm-utils-0.99.3-6.el5.17 - pm-utils-0.99.3-10.el5
Summary: Power m anagem ent utilities and scripts for Fedora Core
Description:
The pm-utils package contains utilities and scripts for Fedora Core
useful for power management.
policycoreutils-1.33.12-12.el5 - policycoreutils-1.33.12-14 .2.el5
Summary: SELinux policy core utilities.
14 4
Description:
policycoreutils contains the policy core utilities that are required
for basic operation of a SELinux system. These utilities include
load_policy to load policies, setfiles to label filesystems, newrole
to switch roles, and run_init to run /etc/init.d scripts in the proper
context.
poppler-0.5.4 -4 .1.el5 - poppler-0.5.4 -4 .4 .el5_1
Summary: PDF rendering library
Description:
Poppler, a PDF rendering library, it's a fork of the xpdf PDF
viewer developed by Derek Noonburg of Glyph and Cog, LLC.
postfix-2.3.3-2 - postfix-2.3.3-2.1.el5_2
Summary: Postfix Mail T ransport Agent
Description:
Postfix is a Mail Transport Agent (MTA), supporting LDAP, SMTP AUTH
(SASL),
TLS
postgresql-8.1.9-1.el5 - postgresql-8.1.11-1.el5_1.1
Group: Applications/Databases
Summary: PostgreSQL client program s and libraries.
Description:
14 5
PostgreSQL is an advanced Object-Relational database management system
(DBMS) that supports almost all SQL constructs (including
transactions, subselects and user-defined types and functions). The
postgresql package includes the client programs and libraries that
you'll need to access a PostgreSQL DBMS server. These PostgreSQL
client programs are programs that directly manipulate the internal
structure of PostgreSQL databases on a PostgreSQL server. These client
programs can be located on the same machine with the PostgreSQL
server, or may be on a remote machine which accesses a PostgreSQL
server over a network connection. This package contains the docs
in HTML for the whole package, as well as command-line utilities for
managing PostgreSQL databases on a PostgreSQL server.
If you want to manipulate a PostgreSQL database on a remote PostgreSQL
server, you need this package. You also need to install this package
if you're installing the postgresql-server package.
ppc64 -utils-0.11-2 - ppc64 -utils-0.11-10.el5
Summary: Linux/PPC64 specific utilities
Description:
A collection of utilities for Linux on PPC64 platforms.
Added Dependencies:
db4-devel
librtas-devel >= 1.3.3
libstdc++-devel
libtool
sg3_utils-devel
zlib-devel
librtas-devel
ppp-2.4 .4 -1.el5 - ppp-2.4 .4 -2.el5
Summary: T he PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) daem on.
Description:
The ppp package contains the PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) daemon and
documentation for PPP support. The PPP protocol provides a method for
transmitting datagrams over serial point-to-point links. PPP is
usually used to dial in to an ISP (Internet Service Provider) or other
organization over a modem and phone line.
14 6
prelink-0.3.9-2.1 - prelink-0.4 .0-2.el5
Summary: An ELF prelinking utility
Description:
The prelink package contains a utility which modifies ELF shared
libraries
and executables, so that far fewer relocations need to be resolved at
runtime
and thus programs come up faster.
privoxy-3.0.3-9.2.2 - privoxy-3.0.3-9.3.el5
Summary: Privoxy - privacy enhancing proxy
Description:
Privoxy is a web proxy with advanced filtering capabilities for
protecting privacy, filtering web page content, managing cookies,
controlling access, and removing ads, banners, pop-ups and other
obnoxious Internet junk. Privoxy has a very flexible configuration and
can be customized to suit individual needs and tastes. Privoxy has
application
for both stand-alone systems and multi-user networks.
Privoxy is based on the Internet Junkbuster.
Added Dependencies:
pcre-devel
procps-3.2.7-8.1.el5 - procps-3.2.7-11.1.el5
Summary: System and process m onitoring utilities.
Description:
14 7
The procps package contains a set of system utilities that provide
system information. Procps includes ps, free, skill, pkill, pgrep,
snice, tload, top, uptime, vmstat, w, watch and pdwx. The ps command
displays a snapshot of running processes. The top command provides
a repetitive update of the statuses of running processes. The free
command displays the amounts of free and used memory on your
system. The skill command sends a terminate command (or another
specified signal) to a specified set of processes. The snice
command is used to change the scheduling priority of specified
processes. The tload command prints a graph of the current system
load average to a specified tty. The uptime command displays the
current time, how long the system has been running, how many users
are logged on, and system load averages for the past one, five,
and fifteen minutes. The w command displays a list of the users
who are currently logged on and what they are running. The watch
program watches a running program. The vmstat command displays
virtual memory statistics about processes, memory, paging, block
I/O, traps, and CPU activity. The pwdx command reports the current
working directory of a process or processes.
psacct-6.3.2-4 1.1 - psacct-6.3.2-4 4 .el5
Summary: Utilities for m onitoring process activities.
Description:
The psacct package contains several utilities for monitoring process
activities, including ac, lastcomm, accton and sa. The ac command
displays statistics about how long users have been logged on. The
lastcomm command displays information about previous executed
commands. The accton command turns process accounting on or off. The
sa command summarizes information about previously executed
commands.
psmisc-22.2-5 - psmisc-22.2-6
Summary: Utilities for m anaging processes on your system .
Description:
The psmisc package contains utilities for managing processes on your
system: pstree, killall and fuser. The pstree command displays a tree
structure of all of the running processes on your system. The killall
command sends a specified signal (SIGTERM if nothing is specified) to
processes identified by name. The fuser command identifies the PIDs
of processes that are using specified files or filesystems.
14 8
pygtk2-2.10.1-8.el5 - pygtk2-2.10.1-12.el5
Summary: Python bindings for the GT K+ widget set.
Description:
PyGTK is an extension module for python that gives you access to the GTK+
widget set. Just about anything you can write in C with GTK+ you can
write
in python with PyGTK (within reason), but with all the benefits of
python.
pykickstart-0.4 3-1.el5 - pykickstart-0.4 3.3-1.el5
Summary: A python library for m anipulating kickstart files
Description:
The pykickstart package is a python library for manipulating kickstart
files.
python-2.4 .3-19.el5 - python-2.4 .3-24 .el5
Summary: An interpreted, interactive, object-oriented program m ing
language.
Description:
Python is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming
language often compared to Tcl, Perl, Scheme or Java. Python includes
modules, classes, exceptions, very high level dynamic data types and
dynamic typing. Python supports interfaces to many system calls and
libraries, as well as to various windowing systems (X11, Motif, Tk,
Mac and MFC).
Programmers can write new built-in modules for Python in C or C++.
Python can be used as an extension language for applications that need
a programmable interface. This package contains most of the standard
Python modules, as well as modules for interfacing to the Tix widget
set for Tk and RPM.
Note that documentation for Python is provided in the python-docs
package.
14 9
python-pyblock-0.26-1.el5 - python-pyblock-0.26-3.el5
Summary: Python m odules for dealing with block devices
Description:
The pyblock contains Python modules for dealing with block devices.
Added Dependencies:
dmraid-devel >= 1.0.0.rc13-14
dmraid-devel >= 1.0.0.rc11-FC6.3
python-urlgrabber-3.1.0-2 - python-urlgrabber-3.1.0-5.el5
Summary: A high-level cross-protocol url-grabber
Description:
A high-level cross-protocol url-grabber for python supporting HTTP, FTP
and file locations. Features include keepalive, byte ranges, throttling,
authentication, proxies and more.
python-virtinst-0.103.0-3.el5 - python-virtinst-0.300.2-12.el5
Summary: Python m odules for starting Xen guest installations
Description:
virtinst is a module to help in starting installations of Fedora/Red
Hat Enterprise Linux related distributions inside of virtual machines. It
supports both paravirt guests (for which only FC and RHEL guests are
currently supported) as well as fully virtualized guests. It uses
libvirt (http://www.libvirt.org) for starting things.
Also contained is a simple script virt-install which uses
virtinst in a command line mode.
Added Dependencies:
gettext
python
python-devel
150
quota-3.13-1.2.3.2.el5 - quota-3.13-1.2.5.el5
Summary: System adm inistration tools for m onitoring users' disk
usage.
Description:
The quota package contains system administration tools for monitoring
and limiting user and or group disk usage per filesystem.
rdate-1.4 -6 - rdate-1.4 -8.el5
Summary: T ool for getting the date/tim e from a rem ote m achine.
Description:
The rdate utility retrieves the date and time from another machine on
your network, using the protocol described in RFC 868. If you run
rdate as root, it will set your machine's local time to the time of
the machine that you queried.
rdesktop-1.4 .1-4 - rdesktop-1.4 .1-6
Summary: X client for rem ote desktop into Windows T erm inal Server
Description:
rdesktop is an open source client for Windows NT Terminal Server and
Windows 2000 & 2003 Terminal Services, capable of natively speaking
Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) in order to present the user's NT
desktop. Unlike Citrix ICA, no server extensions are required.
redhat-menus-6.7.8-2.el5 - redhat-menus-6.7.8-3.el5
Summary: Configuration and data files for the desktop m enus
Description:
151
This package contains the XML files that describe the menu layout for
GNOME and KDE, and the .desktop files that define the names and icons
of "subdirectories" in the menus.
redhat-release-5Server-5.1.0.2 - redhat-release-5Server-5.3.0.3
Summary: Red Hat Enterprise Linux release file
Description:
Red Hat Enterprise Linux release files
redhat-release-notes-5Server-9 - redhat-release-notes-5Server-25
Summary: Red Hat Enterprise Linux release notes files
Description:
Red Hat Enterprise Linux release notes files.
redhat-rpm-config-8.0.4 5-22.el5 - redhat-rpm-config-8.0.4 5-29.el5
Summary: Red Hat specific rpm configuration files.
Description:
Red Hat specific rpm configuration files.
rgmanager-2.0.31-1.el5 - rgmanager-2.0.4 6-1.el5
Summary: Open Source HA Resource Group Failover for Red Hat
Enterprise Linux
Description:
152
Red Hat Resource Group Manager provides high availability of critical
server
applications in the event of planned or unplanned system downtime.
Added Dependencies:
slang-devel
rhel-instnum-1.0.7-1.el5 - rhel-instnum-1.0.9-1.el5
Summary: A library for decoding RHEL installation num bers
Description:
rhel-instnum provides methods for decoding RHEL installation numbers
python
rhn-client-tools-0.4 .16-1.el5 - rhn-client-tools-0.4 .19-17.el5
Summary: Support program s and libraries for Red Hat Network
Description:
Red Hat Network Client Tools provides programs and libraries to allow
your
system to receive software updates from Red Hat Network.
rhnlib-2.2.5-1.el5 - rhnlib-2.2.6-2.el5
Summary: Python libraries for the RHN project
Description:
rhnlib is a collection of python modules used by the
Red Hat Network (http://rhn.redhat.com) software.
rhpxl-0.4 1.1-1.el5 - rhpxl-0.4 1.1-7.el5
Summary: Python library for configuring and running X.
153
Description:
The rhpxl (pronounced 'rapunzel') package contains a Python library for
configuring and running X.
rpm-4 .4 .2-4 7.el5 - rpm-4 .4 .2.3-9.el5
Summary: T he RPM package m anagem ent system
Description:
The RPM Package Manager (RPM) is a powerful command line driven
package management system capable of installing, uninstalling,
verifying, querying, and updating software packages. Each software
package consists of an archive of files along with information about
the package like its version, a description, etc.
Added Dependencies:
doxygen
gawk
nss-devel
redhat-rpm-config
autoconf
beecrypt-devel >= 4.1.2
sed
rsh-0.17-37.el5 - rsh-0.17-38.el5
Summary: Clients for rem ote access com m ands (rsh, rlogin, rcp).
Description:
The rsh package contains a set of programs which allow users to run
commands on remote machines, login to other machines and copy files
between machines (rsh, rlogin and rcp). All three of these commands
use rhosts style authentication. This package contains the clients
needed for all of these services.
The rsh package should be installed to enable remote access to other
machines.
ruby-1.8.5-5.el5 - ruby-1.8.5-5.el5_2.6
154
Summary: An interpreter of object-oriented scripting language
Description:
Ruby is the interpreted scripting language for quick and easy
object-oriented programming. It has many features to process text
files and to do system management tasks (as in Perl). It is simple,
straight-forward, and extensible.
s390utils-1.5.3-10.el5.14 - s390utils-1.5.3-21.el5
Summary: Linux/390 specific utilities.
Description:
This package contains utilities related to Linux for S/390.
The most important programs contained in this package are:
- The cmstools suite to list, check, copy and cat files from a CMS
volume.
- chccwdev, a script to generically change attributes of a ccw device.
- dasdfmt, which is used to low-level format eckd-dasds with
either the classic linux disk layout or the new z/OS
compatible disk layout.
- dasdview, which displays DASD and VTOC information and dumps the
content
of a DASD to the console.
- fdasd, which is used to create or modify partitions on
eckd-dasds formatted with the z/OS compatible disk layout.
- osasnmpd, a subagent for net-snmp to access the OSA hardware.
- qetharp to query and purge address data in the OSA and HiperSockets
hardware
- qethconf to configure IBM QETH function IPA, VIPA and Proxy ARP.
- src_vipa.sh to start applications using VIPA capabilities
- tunedasd, a tool to adjust tunable parameters on DASD devices
- vmconvert, a tool to convert vm dumps to lkcd compatible dumps.
- vmcp, a tool to send CP commands from a Linux guest to the VM.
- zipl, which is used to make either dasds or tapes bootable
for system IPL or system dump.
- zdump, which is used to retrieve system dumps from either
tapes or dasds.
sabayon-2.12.4 -5.el5 - sabayon-2.12.4 -6.el5
Summary: T ool to m aintain user profiles in a GNOME desktop
Description:
155
Sabayon is a tool to help sysadmins and user change and maintain the
default behaviour of the GNOME desktop. This package contains the
graphical tools which a sysadmin use to manage Sabayon profiles.
salinfo-1.1-3.el5 - salinfo-1.1-4 .el5
Group: Utilities/System
Summary: Sal info tool.
Description:
The IA64 Linux kernel has a Software Abstraction Layer (SAL). One of
SAL's tasks is to record machine problems such as CMC (correctable
machine checks), CPE (correctable platform errors), MCA (machine check
architecture) and INIT (cpu initialized after boot). These records are
provided by SAL to user space. salinfo saves and decodes CMC/CPE/MCA
and INIT records.
samba-3.0.25b-0.el5.4 - samba-3.0.33-3.7.el5
Summary: T he Sam ba SMB server.
Description:
Samba is the suite of programs by which a lot of PC-related machines
share files, printers, and other information (such as lists of
available files and printers). The Windows NT, OS/2, and Linux
operating systems support this natively, and add-on packages can
enable the same thing for DOS, Windows, VMS, UNIX of all kinds, MVS,
and more. This package provides an SMB server that can be used to
provide network services to SMB (sometimes called "Lan Manager")
clients. Samba uses NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) protocols and does NOT
need the NetBEUI (Microsoft Raw NetBIOS frame) protocol.
sblim-1-29.EL5 - sblim-1-31.el5_2.1
Summary: Standards Based Linux Instrum entation for Manageability
Description:
156
SBLIM stands for Standards Based Linux Instrumentation for Manageability,
and consists of a set of standards based Web Based Enterprise Management
(WBEM) modules that use the Common Information Model (CIM) standard to
gather and provide systems management information, events, and methods
to local or networked consumers via an CIM object services broker using
the CMPI (Common Manageability Programming Interface) standard.
This package provides a set of core providers and development tools
for systems management applications.
Added Dependencies:
sed
scim-1.4 .4 -39.el5 - scim-1.4 .4 -4 1.el5
Summary: Sm art Com m on Input Method platform
Description:
SCIM is a user friendly and full featured input method user interface
and
also a development platform to make life easier for Input Method
developers.
scim-anthy-1.2.0-5.el5 - scim-anthy-1.2.0-6.el5
Summary: SCIM IMEngine for anthy for Japanese input
Description:
Scim-anthy is a SCIM IMEngine module for anthy to support Japanese input.
scim-bridge-0.4 .5-7.el5 - scim-bridge-0.4 .5-8.el5
Summary: SCIM Bridge Gtk IM m odule
Description:
SCIM Bridge is a C implementation of a Gtk IM module for SCIM.
scim-chewing-0.3.1-10.el5 - scim-chewing-0.3.1-11.el5
157
Summary: Chewing Chinese input m ethod for SCIM
Description:
This package provides Chewing Chinese input method for SCIM.
scim-pinyin-0.5.91-15.el5 - scim-pinyin-0.5.91-16.el5
Summary: Sm art Pinyin IMEngine for Sm art Com m on Input Method
platform
Description:
Simplified Chinese Smart Pinyin IMEngine for SCIM.
scsi-target-utils-0.0-0.20070620snap.el5 - scsi-target-utils-0.0-5.20080917snap.el5
Summary: T he SCSI target daem on and utility program s
Description:
The SCSI target package contains the daemon and tools to setup a SCSI
targets.
Currently, software iSCSI targets are supported.
Added Dependencies:
libibverbs-devel
librdmacm-devel
selinux-policy-2.4 .6-104 .el5 - selinux-policy-2.4 .6-203.el5
Summary: SELinux policy configuration
Description:
SELinux Reference Policy - modular.
setroubleshoot-1.8.11-4 .el5 - setroubleshoot-2.0.5-3.el5
158
Summary: Helps troubleshoot SELinux problem s
Description:
setroubleshoot gui. Application that allows you to view setroubleshootserver
messages.
Provides tools to help diagnose SELinux problems. When AVC messages
are generated an alert can be generated that will give information
about the problem and help track its resolution. Alerts can be
configured
to user preference. The same tools can be run on existing log files.
Added Dependencies:
desktop-file-utils
htmlview
setup-2.5.58-1.el5 - setup-2.5.58-4 .el5
Summary: A set of system configuration and setup files.
Description:
The setup package contains a set of important system configuration and
setup files, such as passwd, group, and profile.
sg3_utils-1.20-2.1 - sg3_utils-1.25-1.el5
Group: Utilities/System
Summary: Utils for Linux's SCSI generic driver devices + raw devices
Description:
159
Collection of Linux utilities for devices that use the SCSI command set.
Includes utilities to copy data based on "dd" syntax and semantics
(called
sg_dd, sgp_dd and sgm_dd); check INQUIRY data and VPD pages (sg_inq);
check
mode and log pages (sginfo, sg_modes and sg_logs); spin up and down
disks (sg_start); do self tests (sg_senddiag); and various other
functions.
See the README, CHANGELOG and COVERAGE files. Requires the linux kernel
2.4
series or later. In the 2.4 series SCSI generic device names (e.g.
/dev/sg0)
must be used. In the 2.6 series other device names may be used as
well (e.g. /dev/sda).
Warning: Some of these tools access the internals of your system
and the incorrect usage of them may render your system inoperable.
shadow-utils-4 .0.17-12.el5 - shadow-utils-4 .0.17-14 .el5
Summary: Utilities for m anaging accounts and shadow password files.
Description:
The shadow-utils package includes the necessary programs for
converting UNIX password files to the shadow password format, plus
programs for managing user and group accounts. The pwconv command
converts passwords to the shadow password format. The pwunconv command
unconverts shadow passwords and generates an npasswd file (a standard
UNIX password file). The pwck command checks the integrity of password
and shadow files. The lastlog command prints out the last login times
for all users. The useradd, userdel, and usermod commands are used for
managing user accounts. The groupadd, groupdel, and groupmod commands
are used for managing group accounts.
shared-mime-info-0.19-3.el5 - shared-mime-info-0.19-5.el5
Summary: Shared MIME inform ation database
Description:
This is the freedesktop.org shared MIME info database.
Many programs and desktops use the MIME system to represent the types of
files. Frequently, it is necessary to work out the correct MIME type for
a file. This is generally done by examining the file's name or contents,
and looking up the correct MIME type in a database.
160
smartmontools-5.36-3.1.el5 - smartmontools-5.38-2.el5
Summary: T ools for m onitoring SMART capable hard disks
Description:
The smartmontools package contains two utility programs (smartctl
and smartd) to control and monitor storage systems using the SelfMonitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology System (SMART) built
into most modern ATA and SCSI hard disks. In many cases, these
utilities will provide advanced warning of disk degradation and
failure.
Added Dependencies:
libselinux-devel
sos-1.7-9.1.el5 - sos-1.7-9.16.el5
Summary: A set of tools to gather troubleshooting inform ation from a
system
Description:
Sos is a set of tools that gathers information about system
hardware and configuration. The information can then be used for
diagnostic purposes and debugging. Sos is commonly used to help
support technicians and developers.
spamassassin-3.1.9-1.el5 - spamassassin-3.2.5-1.el5
Summary: Spam filter for em ail which can be invoked from m ail
delivery agents.
Description:
161
SpamAssassin provides you with a way to reduce if not completely
eliminate
Unsolicited Commercial Email (SPAM) from your incoming email. It can
be invoked by a MDA such as sendmail or postfix, or can be called from
a procmail script, .forward file, etc. It uses a genetic-algorithm
evolved scoring system to identify messages which look spammy, then
adds headers to the message so they can be filtered by the user's mail
reading software. This distribution includes the spamd/spamc components
which create a server that considerably speeds processing of mail.
To enable spamassassin, if you are receiving mail locally, simply add
this line to your ~/.procmailrc:
INCLUDERC=/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-default.rc
To filter spam for all users, add that line to /etc/procmailrc
(creating if necessary).
Added Dependencies:
perl-HT ML-Parser >= 3.43
speex-1.0.5-4 - speex-1.0.5-4 .el5_1.1
Summary: A voice com pression form at (codec)
Description:
Speex is a patent-free compression format designed especially for
speech. It is specialized for voice communications at low bit-rates in
the 2-45 kbps range. Possible applications include Voice over IP
(VoIP), Internet audio streaming, audio books, and archiving of speech
data (e.g. voice mail).
squid-2.6.ST ABLE6-4 .el5 - squid-2.6.ST ABLE21-3.el5
Summary: T he Squid proxy caching server.
Description:
Squid is a high-performance proxy caching server for Web clients,
supporting FTP, gopher, and HTTP data objects. Unlike traditional
caching software, Squid handles all requests in a single,
non-blocking, I/O-driven process. Squid keeps meta data and especially
hot objects cached in RAM, caches DNS lookups, supports non-blocking
DNS lookups, and implements negative caching of failed requests.
Squid consists of a main server program squid, a Domain Name System
lookup program (dnsserver), a program for retrieving FTP data
(ftpget), and some management and client tools.
162
strace-4 .5.16-1.el5.1 - strace-4 .5.18-2.el5
Summary: T racks and displays system calls associated with a running
process
Description:
The strace program intercepts and records the system calls called and
received by a running process. Strace can print a record of each
system call, its arguments and its return value. Strace is useful for
diagnosing problems and debugging, as well as for instructional
purposes.
Install strace if you need a tool to track the system calls made and
received by a process.
Added Dependencies:
libacl-devel
libaio-devel
stunnel-4 .15-2 - stunnel-4 .15-2.el5.1
Summary: An SSL-encrypting socket wrapper.
Description:
Stunnel is a socket wrapper which can provide SSL (Secure Sockets
Layer) support to ordinary applications. For example, it can be used
in conjunction with imapd to create an SSL secure IMAP server.
subversion-1.4 .2-2.el5 - subversion-1.4 .2-4 .el5
Summary: Modern Version Control System designed to replace CVS
Description:
Subversion is a concurrent version control system which enables one
or more users to collaborate in developing and maintaining a
hierarchy of files and directories while keeping a history of all
changes. Subversion only stores the differences between versions,
instead of every complete file. Subversion is intended to be a
compelling replacement for CVS.
Added Dependencies:
neon-devel >= 0:0.25.5-6.el5
163
neon-devel >= 0:0.24.7-1
sudo-1.6.8p12-10 - sudo-1.6.9p17-3.el5
Summary: Allows restricted root access for specified users.
Description:
Sudo (superuser do) allows a system administrator to give certain
users (or groups of users) the ability to run some (or all) commands
as root while logging all commands and arguments. Sudo operates on a
per-command basis. It is not a replacement for the shell. Features
include: the ability to restrict what commands a user may run on a
per-host basis, copious logging of each command (providing a clear
audit trail of who did what), a configurable timeout of the sudo
command, and the ability to use the same configuration file (sudoers)
on many different machines.
Added Dependencies:
audit-libs-devel
autoconf
automake
libcap-devel
libtool
sysklogd-1.4 .1-4 0.el5 - sysklogd-1.4 .1-4 4 .el5
Summary: System logging and kernel m essage trapping daem ons.
Description:
The sysklogd package contains two system utilities (syslogd and klogd)
which provide support for system logging. Syslogd and klogd run as
daemons (background processes) and log system messages to different
places, like sendmail logs, security logs, error logs, etc.
sysstat-7.0.0-3.el5 - sysstat-7.0.2-3.el5
Summary: T he sar and iostat system m onitoring com m ands.
Description:
This package provides the sar and iostat commands for Linux. Sar and
iostat enable system monitoring of disk, network, and other IO
activity.
164
system-config-bind-4 .0.3-2.el5 - system-config-bind-4 .0.3-4 .el5
Summary: T he Red Hat BIND DNS Configuration T ool.
Description:
The system-config-bind package provides a graphical user interface (GUI)
to
configure the Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) Domain Name System
(DNS)
server, "named", with a set of python modules.
Users new to BIND configuration can use this tool to quickly set up a
working
DNS server.
system-config-cluster-1.0.50-1.3 - system-config-cluster-1.0.55-1.0
Summary: system -config-cluster is a utility which allows you to
m anage cluster configuration in a graphical setting.
Description:
system-config-cluster is a utility which allows you to manage cluster
configuuration in a graphical setting.
system-config-date-1.8.12-1.el5 - system-config-date-1.8.12-3.el5
Summary: A graphical interface for m odifying system date and tim e
Description:
system-config-date is a graphical interface for changing the system date
and
time, configuring the system time zone, and setting up the NTP daemon to
synchronize the time of the system with an NTP time server.
system-config-httpd-1.3.3.1-1.el5 - system-config-httpd-1.3.3.3-1.el5
165
Summary: Apache configuration tool
Description:
A RHN configuration tool for apache.
Added Dependencies:
gettext
system-config-kdump-1.0.12-1.el5 - system-config-kdump-1.0.14 -4 .el5
Summary: A graphical interface for configuring kernel crash dum ping
Description:
system-config-kdump is a graphical tool for configuring kernel crash
dumping via kdump and kexec.
system-config-kickstart-2.6.19.1-1.el5 - system-config-kickstart-2.6.19.8-2.el5
Summary: A graphical interface for m aking kickstart files.
Description:
Kickstart Configurator is a graphical tool for creating kickstart files.
system-config-language-1.1.18-1.el5 - system-config-language-1.1.18-2.el5
Summary: A graphical interface for m odifying the system language
Description:
system-config-language is a graphical user interface that
allows the user to change the default language of the system.
system-config-lvm-1.0.22-1.0.el5 - system-config-lvm-1.1.5-1.0.el5
Summary: A utility for graphically configuring Logical Volum es
166
Description:
system-config-lvm is a utility for graphically configuring Logical
Volumes
Added Dependencies:
intltool
system-config-network-1.3.99-2.el5 - system-config-network-1.3.99.12-1.el5
Summary: T he GUI of the NEtwork Adm instration T ool
Description:
This is the GUI of the network configuration tool,
supporting Ethernet, Wireless, TokenRing, ADSL, ISDN and PPP.
system-config-printer-0.7.32.5-1.el5 - system-config-printer-0.7.32.10-1.el5
Summary: A printer adm inistration tool
Description:
system-config-printer is a graphical user interface that allows
the user to configure a CUPS print server.
system-config-samba-1.2.39-1.el5 - system-config-samba-1.2.4 1-3.el5
Summary: Sam ba server configuration tool
Description:
system-config-samba is a graphical user interface for creating,
modifying, and deleting samba shares.
system-config-securitylevel-1.6.29.1-1.el5 - system-config-securitylevel-1.6.29.1-2.1.el5
Summary: A graphical interface for m odifying the system security
167
level
Description:
system-config-securitylevel is a graphical user interface for
setting basic firewall rules.
system-config-users-1.2.51-1.el5 - system-config-users-1.2.51-4 .el5
Summary: A graphical interface for adm inistering users and groups
Description:
system-config-users is a graphical utility for administrating
users and groups. It depends on the libuser library.
systemtap-0.5.14 -1.el5 - systemtap-0.7.2-2.el5
Summary: Instrum entation System
Description:
SystemTap is an instrumentation system for systems running Linux 2.6.
Developers can write instrumentation to collect data on the operation
of the system.
Added Dependencies:
/usr/bin/dvips
/usr/bin/latex
/usr/bin/ps2pdf
crash-devel
elfutils-devel >= 0.127
latex2html
zlib-devel
dejagnu
glib2-devel >= 2.0.0
tcp_wrappers-7.6-4 0.4 .el5 - tcp_wrappers-7.6-4 0.6.el5
Summary: A security tool which acts as a wrapper for T CP daem ons.
Description:
168
The tcp_wrappers package provides small daemon programs which can
monitor and filter incoming requests for systat, finger, FTP, telnet,
rlogin, rsh, exec, tftp, talk and other network services.
Install the tcp_wrappers program if you need a security tool for
filtering incoming network services requests.
This version also supports IPv6.
tcpdump-3.9.4 -11.el5 - tcpdump-3.9.4 -14 .el5
Summary: A network traffic m onitoring tool.
Description:
Tcpdump is a command-line tool for monitoring network traffic.
Tcpdump can capture and display the packet headers on a particular
network interface or on all interfaces. Tcpdump can display all of
the packet headers, or just the ones that match particular criteria.
Install tcpdump if you need a program to monitor network traffic.
Added Dependencies:
/usr/sbin/sendmail
tcsh-6.14 -12.el5 - tcsh-6.14 -14 .el5
Summary: An enhanced version of csh, the C shell.
Description:
Tcsh is an enhanced but completely compatible version of csh, the C
shell. Tcsh is a command language interpreter which can be used both
as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command processor.
Tcsh includes a command line editor, programmable word completion,
spelling correction, a history mechanism, job control and a C language
like syntax.
telnet-0.17-38.el5 - telnet-0.17-39.el5
Summary: T he client program for the telnet rem ote login protocol.
Description:
169
Telnet is a popular protocol for logging into remote systems over the
Internet. The telnet package provides a command line telnet client.
tetex-3.0-33.1.el5 - tetex-3.0-33.2.el5_1.2
Summary: T he T eX text form atting system .
Description:
TeTeX is an implementation of TeX for Linux or UNIX systems. TeX takes
a text file and a set of formatting commands as input and creates a
typesetter-independent .dvi (DeVice Independent) file as output.
Usually, TeX is used in conjunction with a higher level formatting
package like LaTeX or PlainTeX, since TeX by itself is not very
user-friendly. The output format needn't to be DVI, but also PDF,
when using pdflatex or similar tools.
Install tetex if you want to use the TeX text formatting system. Consider
to install tetex-latex (a higher level formatting package which provides
an easier-to-use interface for TeX). Unless you are an expert at using
TeX,
you should also install the tetex-doc package, which includes the
documentation for TeX.
tk-8.4 .13-3.fc6 - tk-8.4 .13-5.el5_1.1
Summary: T k graphical toolkit for the T cl scripting language
Description:
When paired with the Tcl scripting language, Tk provides a fast and
powerful
way to create cross-platform GUI applications.
tmpwatch-2.9.7-1.1.el5.1 - tmpwatch-2.9.7-1.1.el5.2
Summary: A utility for rem oving files based on when they were last
accessed.
Description:
170
The tmpwatch utility recursively searches through specified
directories and removes files which have not been accessed in a
specified period of time. Tmpwatch is normally used to clean up
directories which are used for temporarily holding files (for example,
/tmp). Tmpwatch ignores symlinks, won't switch filesystems and only
removes empty directories and regular files.
tog-pegasus-2.6.1-2.el5 - tog-pegasus-2.7.1-2.el5
Group: System s Managem ent/Base
Summary: OpenPegasus WBEM Services for Linux
Description:
OpenPegasus WBEM Services for Linux enables management solutions that
deliver
increased control of enterprise resources. WBEM is a platform and
resource
independent DMTF standard that defines a common information model and
communication protocol for monitoring and controlling resources from
diverse
sources.
Added Dependencies:
net-snmp-devel
tomcat5-5.5.23-0jpp.3.0.2.el5 - tomcat5-5.5.23-0jpp.7.el5_2.1
Group: Networking/Daem ons
Summary: Apache Servlet/JSP Engine, RI for Servlet 2.4 /JSP 2.0 API
Description:
Tomcat is the servlet container that is used in the official Reference
Implementation for the Java Servlet and JavaServer Pages technologies.
The Java Servlet and JavaServer Pages specifications are developed by
Sun under the Java Community Process.
Tomcat is developed in an open and participatory environment and
released under the Apache Software License. Tomcat is intended to be
a collaboration of the best-of-breed developers from around the world.
We invite you to participate in this open development project. To
learn more about getting involved, click here.
totem-2.16.7-1.el5 - totem-2.16.7-4 .el5
171
Summary: Movie player for GNOME 2
Description:
Totem is simple movie player for the Gnome desktop. It features a
simple playlist, a full-screen mode, seek and volume controls, as well
as
a pretty complete keyboard navigation.
Added Dependencies:
firefox-devel
traceroute-2.0.1-2.el5 - traceroute-2.0.1-5.el5
Summary: T races the route taken by packets over an IPv4 /IPv6 network
Description:
The traceroute utility displays the route used by IP packets on their
way to a specified network (or Internet) host. Traceroute displays
the IP number and host name (if possible) of the machines along the
route taken by the packets. Traceroute is used as a network debugging
tool. If you're having network connectivity problems, traceroute will
show you where the trouble is coming from along the route.
Install traceroute if you need a tool for diagnosing network connectivity
problems.
tzdata-2007d-1.el5 - tzdata-2008i-1.el5
Summary: T im ezone data
Description:
This package contains data files with rules for various timezones around
the world.
udev-095-14 .9.el5 - udev-095-14 .19.el5
Summary: A userspace im plem entation of devfs
Description:
172
The udev package contains an implementation of devfs in
userspace using sysfs and netlink.
unzip-5.52-2.2.1 - unzip-5.52-3.el5
Summary: A utility for unpacking zip files.
Description:
The unzip utility is used to list, test, or extract files from a zip
archive. Zip archives are commonly found on MS-DOS systems. The zip
utility, included in the zip package, creates zip archives. Zip and
unzip are both compatible with archives created by PKWARE(R)'s PKZIP
for MS-DOS, but the programs' options and default behaviors do differ
in some respects.
Install the unzip package if you need to list, test or extract files
from
a zip archive.
usermode-1.88-3.el5 - usermode-1.88-3.el5.2
Summary: T ools for certain user account m anagem ent tasks.
Description:
The usermode package contains the userhelper program, which can be
used to allow configured programs to be run with superuser privileges
by ordinary users.
util-linux-2.13-0.4 5.el5 - util-linux-2.13-0.50.el5
Summary: A collection of basic system utilities.
Description:
The util-linux package contains a large variety of low-level system
utilities that are necessary for a Linux system to function. Among
others, Util-linux contains the fdisk configuration tool and the login
program.
173
vim-7.0.109-3.el5.3 - vim-7.0.109-4 .el5_2.4 z
Summary: T he VIM editor.
Description:
VIM (VIsual editor iMproved) is an updated and improved version of the
vi editor. Vi was the first real screen-based editor for UNIX, and is
still very popular. VIM improves on vi by adding new features:
multiple windows, multi-level undo, block highlighting and more.
virt-manager-0.4 .0-3.el5 - virt-manager-0.5.3-10.el5
Group: Applications/Em ulators
Summary: Virtual Machine Manager
Description:
Virtual Machine Manager provides a graphical tool for administering
virtual machines such as Xen. It uses libvirt as the backend management
API.
vixie-cron-4 .1-72.el5 - vixie-cron-4 .1-76.el5
Summary: T he Vixie cron daem on for executing specified program s at
set tim es.
Description:
The vixie-cron package contains the Vixie version of cron. Cron is a
standard UNIX daemon that runs specified programs at scheduled times.
Vixie cron adds better security and more powerful configuration
options to the standard version of cron.
vnc-4 .1.2-9.el5 - vnc-4 .1.2-14 .el5
Summary: A rem ote display system .
Description:
174
Virtual Network Computing (VNC) is a remote display system which
allows you to view a computing 'desktop' environment not only on the
machine where it is running, but from anywhere on the Internet and
from a wide variety of machine architectures. This package contains a
client which will allow you to connect to other desktops running a VNC
server.
Added Dependencies:
libselinux-devel
mesa-source
libdrm-devel
vsftpd-2.0.5-10.el5 - vsftpd-2.0.5-12.el5
Summary: vsftpd - Very Secure Ftp Daem on
Description:
vsftpd is a Very Secure FTP daemon. It was written completely from
scratch.
wireshark-0.99.6-1.el5 - wireshark-1.0.3-4 .el5_2
Summary: Network traffic analyzer
Description:
Wireshark is a network traffic analyzer for Unix-ish operating systems.
This package lays base for libpcap, a packet capture and filtering
library, contains command-line utilities, contains plugins and
documentation for wireshark. A graphical user interface is packaged
separately to GTK+ package.
Added Dependencies:
bison
flex
libsmi-devel
net-snmp-devel >= 5.3
net-snmp-utils >= 5.3
words-3.0-9 - words-3.0-9.1
175
Summary: A dictionary of English words for the /usr/share/dict
directory.
Description:
The words file is a dictionary of English words for the
/usr/share/dict directory. Some programs use this database of
words to check spelling. Password checkers use it to look for bad
passwords.
wpa_supplicant-0.4 .8-10.1.fc6 - wpa_supplicant-0.5.10-8.el5
Summary: WPA/WPA2/IEEE 802.1X Supplicant
Description:
wpa_supplicant is a WPA Supplicant for Linux, BSD and Windows with
support
for WPA and WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i / RSN). Supplicant is the IEEE 802.1X/WPA
component that is used in the client stations. It implements key
negotiation
with a WPA Authenticator and it controls the roaming and IEEE 802.11
authentication/association of the wlan driver.
Added Dependencies:
dbus-devel
x3270-3.3.4 p7-3.el5.1 - x3270-3.3.4 p7-3.el5.4
Summary: An X Window System based IBM 3278/3279 term inal em ulator
Description:
The x3270 package contains files needed for emulating the IBM 3278/3279
terminals, commonly used with mainframe applications.
You will also need to install a frontend for x3270. Available frontends
are x3270-x11 (for the X Window System) and x3270-text (for text mode).
Added Dependencies:
/usr/bin/makeconv
libicu-devel
xen-3.0.3-4 1.el5 - xen-3.0.3-80.el5
Summary: Xen is a virtual m achine m onitor
176
Description:
This package contains the Xen tools and management daemons needed
to run virtual machines on x86, x86_64, and ia64 systems.
Information on how to use Xen can be found at the Xen project pages.
The Xen system also requires the Xen hypervisor and domain-0
kernel, which can be found in the kernel-xen* package.
Virtualization can be used to run multiple operating systems on one
physical system, for purposes of hardware consolidation, hardware
abstraction, or to test untrusted applications in a sandboxed
environment.
xfig-3.2.4 -21.2.el5 - xfig-3.2.4 -21.3.el5
Summary: An X Window System tool for drawing basic vector graphics.
Description:
Xfig is an X Window System tool for creating basic vector graphics,
including bezier curves, lines, rulers and more. The resulting
graphics can be saved, printed on PostScript printers or converted to
a variety of other formats (e.g., X11 bitmaps, Encapsulated
PostScript, LaTeX).
You should install xfig if you need a simple program to create vector
graphics.
xorg-x11-drv-ati-6.6.3-3.2.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-ati-6.6.3-3.22.el5
Summary: Xorg X11 ati video driver
Description:
X.Org X11 ati video driver.
Added Dependencies:
autoconf
automake
libtool
xorg-x11-server-randr-source >= 1.1.1-48.52.el5
xorg-x11-drv-i810-1.6.5-9.6.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-i810-1.6.5-9.21.el5
177
Summary: Xorg X11 i810 video driver(s)
Description:
X.Org X11 i810 video driver.
Added Dependencies:
xorg-x11-drv-keyboard-1.1.0-2.1 - xorg-x11-drv-keyboard-1.1.0-3
Summary: Xorg X11 keyboard input driver
Description:
X.Org X11 keyboard input driver.
xorg-x11-drv-mga-1.4 .2-6.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-mga-1.4 .2-10.el5
Summary: Xorg X11 m ga video driver
Description:
X.Org X11 mga video driver.
xorg-x11-drv-mutouch-1.1.0-2 - xorg-x11-drv-mutouch-1.1.0-3
Summary: Xorg X11 m utouch input driver
Description:
X.Org X11 mutouch input driver.
xorg-x11-drv-nv-2.1.2-1.el5 - xorg-x11-drv-nv-2.1.12-3.el5
Summary: Xorg X11 nv video driver
Description:
178
X.Org X11 nv video driver.
Added Dependencies:
xorg-x11-drv-sis-0.9.1-7 - xorg-x11-drv-sis-0.9.1-7.1.el5
Summary: Xorg X11 sis video driver
Description:
X.Org X11 sis video driver.
xorg-x11-server-1.1.1-4 8.26.el5 - xorg-x11-server-1.1.1-4 8.52.el5
Summary: X.Org X11 X server
Description:
X.Org X11 X server
xorg-x11-xinit-1.0.2-13.el5 - xorg-x11-xinit-1.0.2-15.el5
Summary: X.Org X11 X Window System xinit startup scripts
Description:
X.Org X11 X Window System xinit startup scripts
xsane-0.991-4 .el5 - xsane-0.991-5.el5
Summary: An X Window System front-end for the SANE scanner
interface.
Description:
179
XSane is an X based interface for the SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy)
library, which provides access to scanners, digital cameras, and other
capture devices. XSane is written in GTK+ and provides control for
performing the scan and then manipulating the captured image.
xterm-215-5.el5 - xterm-215-8.el5
Summary: xterm term inal em ulator for the X Window System
Description:
The xterm program is a terminal emulator for the X Window System. It
provides DEC VT102 and Tektronix 4014 compatible terminals for
programs that can't use the window system directly.
yaboot-1.3.13-5.el5 - yaboot-1.3.13-7.el5
Summary: Linux bootloader for Power Macintosh "New World" com puters.
Description:
yaboot is a bootloader for PowerPC machines which works on New World
ROM
machines (Rev. A iMac and newer) and runs directly from Open Firmware,
eliminating the need for Mac OS.
yaboot can also bootload IBM pSeries machines.
Added Dependencies:
e2fsprogs-devel
yelp-2.16.0-15.el5 - yelp-2.16.0-22.el5
Summary: A system docum entation reader from the Gnom e project
Description:
Yelp is the Gnome 2 help/documentation browser. It is designed
to help you browse all the documentation on your system in
one central tool.
Added Dependencies:
180
gecko-devel >= 1.8.0.12
ypbind-1.19-8.el5 - ypbind-1.19-11.el5
Summary: T he NIS daem on which binds NIS clients to an NIS dom ain.
Description:
The Network Information Service (NIS) is a system that provides
network information (login names, passwords, home directories, group
information) to all of the machines on a network. NIS can allow users
to log in on any machine on the network, as long as the machine has
the NIS client programs running and the user's password is recorded in
the NIS passwd database. NIS was formerly known as Sun Yellow Pages
(YP).
This package provides the ypbind daemon. The ypbind daemon binds NIS
clients to an NIS domain. Ypbind must be running on any machines
running NIS client programs.
Install the ypbind package on any machines running NIS client programs
(included in the yp-tools package). If you need an NIS server, you
also need to install the ypserv package to a machine on your network.
ypserv-2.19-3 - ypserv-2.19-5.el5
Summary: T he NIS (Network Inform ation Service) server.
Description:
The Network Information Service (NIS) is a system that provides
network information (login names, passwords, home directories, group
information) to all of the machines on a network. NIS can allow users
to log in on any machine on the network, as long as the machine has
the NIS client programs running and the user's password is recorded in
the NIS passwd database. NIS was formerly known as Sun Yellow Pages
(YP).
This package provides the NIS server, which will need to be running on
your network. NIS clients do not need to be running the server.
Install ypserv if you need an NIS server for your network. You also
need to install the yp-tools and ypbind packages on any NIS client
machines.
yum-3.0.1-5.el5 - yum-3.2.19-18.el5
181
Summary: RPM installer/updater
Description:
Yum is a utility that can check for and automatically download and
install updated RPM packages. Dependencies are obtained and downloaded
automatically prompting the user as necessary.
Added Dependencies:
intltool
yum-metadata-parser-1.0-8.fc6 - yum-metadata-parser-1.1.2-2.el5
Summary: A fast m etadata parser for yum
Description:
Fast metadata parser for yum implemented in C.
yum-rhn-plugin-0.5.2-3.el5 - yum-rhn-plugin-0.5.3-30.el5
Summary: RHN support for yum
Description:
This yum plugin provides support for yum to access a Red Hat Network
server for
software updates.
yum-utils-1.0.4 -3.el5 - yum-utils-1.1.16-13.el5
Summary: Utilities based around the yum package m anager
Description:
182
13. Configuration Changes From Previous Release
zip-2.31-1.2.2 - zip-2.31-2.el5
Summary: A file com pression and packaging utility com patible with
PKZIP.
Description:
The zip program is a compression and file packaging utility. Zip is
analogous to a combination of the UNIX tar and compress commands and
is compatible with PKZIP (a compression and file packaging utility for
MS-DOS systems).
Install the zip package if you need to compress files using the zip
program.
183
iscsi-initiator-utils-6.2.0.868-0.7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/iscsid
--+++
@@ -59,9 +59,7 @@
echo -n $"Stopping iSCSI daemon: "
+
# iscsid does not have a nice shutdown process.
# It really should never be stopped
pkill -KILL iscsid
iscsiadm -k 0
echo
modprobe -r ib_iser 2>/dev/null
ypbind-1.19-8.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/ypbind
--+++
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
[ -x /usr/sbin/selinuxenabled ] && /usr/sbin/selinuxenabled || return
allow_ypbind=0
. /etc/selinux/config
- if [ -e /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules1/active/booleans.local ]; then
+ if [ -e /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules/active/booleans.local ]; then
. /etc/selinux/${SELINUXTYPE}/modules/active/booleans.local
fi
if [ $allow_ypbind == 0 ]; then
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@
if [ -n "$NISDOMAIN" ]; then
action $"Setting NIS domain name $NISDOMAIN: " domainname $NISDOMAIN
else
+ action $"Error: NIS domain name is not set." false
exit 1
fi
fi
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
fi
fi
echo
selinux_off
+
#selinux_off
return $RETVAL
}
udev-095-14.16.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/modules/udev-stw.modules
--+++
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
#!/bin/sh
-for i in nvram floppy parport lp snd-powermac;do
+MODULES="nvram floppy parport lp snd-powermac"
+[ -f /etc/sysconfig/udev-stw ] && . /etc/sysconfig/udev-stw
+for i in $MODULES ; do
modprobe $i >/dev/null 2>&1
done
dhcp-3.0.5-13.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd
--+++
@@ -62,6 +62,11 @@
[ -f $conf ] || return 6
$dhcpd -q -t -cf $conf
184
RETVAL=$?
if [ $RETVAL -eq 1 ]; then
$dhcpd -t -cf $conf
else
echo "Syntax: OK" >&2
fi
return $RETVAL
+
+
+
+
+
}
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/netconsole
--+++
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
SYSLOGOPTS="netconsole=$LOCALPORT@$LOCALADDR/$DEV,$SYSLOGPORT@$SYSLOGADDR/$SYSLOG
MACADDR "
- logger -p daemon.info -t netconsole: inserting netconsole module with arguments
\
+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t netconsole: inserting netconsole module with
arguments \
$SYSLOGOPTS
if [ -n "$SYSLOGOPTS" ]; then
action $"Initializing netconsole" modprobe netconsole \
bind-9.3.4-6.P1.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/named
--+++
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
fi
[ "$RETVAL" -eq 0 ] && success $"$named reload" || failure $"$named reload"
echo
- return $?
+ return $RETVAL
}
probe() {
# named knows how to reload intelligently; we don't want linuxconf
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-ippp
--+++
@@ -30,20 +30,20 @@
# check that ipppd is available for syncppp
if [ "$ENCAP" = "syncppp" ]; then
if [ ! -x /usr/sbin/ipppd -a ! -x /sbin/ipppd ] ; then
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd does not exist or is not
executable"
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd does not exist or is
not executable"
exit 1
fi
fi
# check that isdnctrl is available
if [ ! -x /usr/sbin/isdnctrl -a ! -x /sbin/isdnctrl ] ; then
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "isdnctrl does not exist or is not
executable"
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "isdnctrl does not exist or is
not executable"
exit 1
fi
185
# check all ISDN devices
if ! isdnctrl list all >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "cannot list ISDN devices"
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "cannot list ISDN devices"
exit 1
fi
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@
function log_echo()
{
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp $"$*"
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp $"$*"
}
function log_isdnctrl()
{
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp isdnctrl $*
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp isdnctrl $*
isdnctrl $* >/dev/null 2>&1 || exit 1
}
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
[ -n "$NETMASK" ] && netmask="netmask $NETMASK"
# activate ISDN device
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR pointopoint
$GATEWAY $netmask up"
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR
pointopoint $GATEWAY $netmask up"
ifconfig $DEVICE $IPADDR pointopoint $GATEWAY $netmask up >/dev/null 2>&1
+
if [ "$ENCAP" = "syncppp" ]; then
# start ipppd daemon
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd $options $netmask"
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ippp "ipppd $options $netmask"
ipppd $options $netmask >/dev/null 2>&1
# start ibod daemon
lynx-2.8.5-28.1.i386.rpm: /etc/lynx.cfg
--+++
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@
# ====
# Do not define this.
#
-#TRUSTED_LYNXCGI:none
+TRUSTED_LYNXCGI:none
.h2 LYNXCGI_ENVIRONMENT
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcgssd
--+++
@@ -28,19 +28,23 @@
case "$1" in
start|condstart)
# Check that networking is up.
- [ "${NETWORKING}" = "no" ] && exit 6
186
+ [
[
- #
- [
"${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.gssd ] && exit 5
List of kernel modules to load
-z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
# Make sure the daemon is not already running.
if status $prog > /dev/null ; then
exit 0
fi
+
+ # During condstart need to check again to see
+ # if we are configured to start
+ [ "${SECURE_NFS}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
+
rm -f $LOCKFILE
+ echo -n $"Starting RPC gssd: "
- echo -n $"Starting RPC gssd: "
+ # List of kernel modules to load
+ [ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
# Make sure the rpc_pipefs filesystem is available
[ "${RPCMTAB}" != "noload" ] && {
dovecot-1.0.7-2.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/dovecot
--+++
@@ -7,27 +7,61 @@
# chkconfig: - 65 35
# description: Dovecot Imap Server
# processname: dovecot
+# config: /etc/dovecot.conf
+# config: /etc/sysconfig/dovecot
+# pidfile: /var/run/dovecot/master.pid
+
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides: dovecot
+# Required-Start: $local_fs $network
+# Required-Stop: $local_fs $network
+# Should-Start: $remote_fs
+# Should-Stop: $remote_fs
+# Default-Start:
+# Default-Stop: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
+# Short-Description: start and stop Dovecot Imap server
+# Description: Dovecot is an IMAP server for Linux/UNIX-like systems,
+#
written with security primarily in mind. It also contains
+#
a small POP3 server.
+### END INIT INFO
+
# Source function library.
. /etc/init.d/functions
-test -x /usr/sbin/dovecot || exit 0
+if [ -f /etc/sysconfig/dovecot ]; then
+
. /etc/sysconfig/dovecot
+fi
RETVAL=0
prog="Dovecot Imap"
+exec="/usr/sbin/dovecot"
187
+config="/etc/dovecot.conf"
+pidfile="/var/run/dovecot/master.pid"
+lockfile="/var/lock/subsys/dovecot"
start() {
+ [ -x $exec ] || exit 5
+ [ -f $config ] || exit 6
+
echo -n $"Starting $prog: "
- daemon /usr/sbin/dovecot
+ daemon --pidfile $pidfile $exec $OPTIONS
RETVAL=$?
- [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch /var/lock/subsys/dovecot
+ [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch $lockfile
echo
}
stop() {
echo -n $"Stopping $prog: "
- killproc /usr/sbin/dovecot
+ killproc -p $pidfile $exec
RETVAL=$?
- [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && rm -f /var/lock/subsys/dovecot
+ [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && rm -f $lockfile
+ echo
+}
+
+reload() {
+ echo -n $"Reloading $prog: "
+ killproc -p $pidfile $exec -HUP
+ RETVAL=$?
echo
}
@@ -41,24 +75,27 @@
stop)
stop
;;
- reload|restart)
+ reload)
+ reload
+ ;;
+ force-reload|restart)
stop
start
RETVAL=$?
;;
- condrestart)
- if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/dovecot ]; then
+ condrestart|try-restart)
+ if [ -f $lockfile ]; then
stop
start
fi
;;
status)
- status /usr/sbin/dovecot
+ status -p $pidfile $exec
RETVAL=$?
;;
188
*)
- echo $"Usage: $0 {condrestart|start|stop|restart|reload|status}"
- exit 1
+ echo $"Usage: $0 {condrestart|try-restart|start|stop|restart|reload|forcereload|status}"
+ exit 2
esac
exit $RETVAL
device-mapper-multipath-0.4.7-17.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/multipathd
--+++
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
#
# Starts the multipath daemon
#
-# chkconfig: - 13 87
+# chkconfig: - 06 87
# description: Manage device-mapper multipath devices
# processname: multipathd
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
initdir=/etc/rc.d/init.d
lockdir=/var/lock/subsys
sysconfig=/etc/sysconfig
+syspath=/sys/block
system=redhat
@@ -25,6 +26,35 @@
test -r $sysconfig/$prog && . $sysconfig/$prog
RETVAL=0
+
+teardown_slaves()
+{
+cd $1;
+if [ -d "slaves" ]; then
+for slave in slaves/*;
+do
+ if [ "$slave" = "slaves/*" ]; then
+ read dev < $1/dev
+ tablename=`dmsetup table --target multipath | sed -n "s/$.*$: .* $dev
.*/\1/p"`
+ if ! [ -z $tablename ]; then
+
echo "Root is on a multipathed device, multipathd can not be stopped"
+
exit 1
+ fi
+ else
+ local_slave=`readlink -f $slave`;
+ teardown_slaves $local_slave;
+ fi
+ done
+
+else
+ read dev < $1/dev
+ tablename=`dmsetup table --target multipath | sed -n "s/$.*$: .* $dev
.*/\1/p"`
+ if ! [ -z $tablename ]; then
+
echo "Root is on a multipathed device, multipathd can not be stopped"
189
+
exit 1
+ fi
+fi
+}
#
# See how we were called.
@@ -40,6 +70,11 @@
}
stop() {
+
root_dev=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $1; }}'
/etc/mtab)
+ dm_num=`dmsetup info -c --noheadings -o minor $root_dev`
+ root_dm_device="dm-$dm_num"
+ [ -d $syspath/$root_dm_device ] && teardown_slaves $syspath/$root_dm_device
+
echo -n $"Stopping $prog daemon: "
killproc $DAEMON
RETVAL=$?
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/S01reboot
--+++
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
NOLOCALE=1
+
+UMOUNT="umount"
+[ ! -w /etc ] && UMOUNT="umount -n"
action() {
echo -n "$1 "
@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@
# Try to unmount tmpfs filesystems to avoid swapping them in.
tmpfs=$(awk '$2 ~ /^\/($|proc|dev)/ { next; }
$3 == "tmpfs" { print $2; }' /proc/mounts | sort -r)
-[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode umount $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
+[ -n "$tmpfs" ] && fstab-decode $UMOUNT $tmpfs 2>/dev/null
Ignore failures.
# Turn off swap, then unmount file systems.
[ -f /proc/swaps ] && SWAPS=àwk '! /^Filename/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps`
@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@
backdev=$(/sbin/cryptsetup status "$dst" \
| awk '$1 == "device:" { print $2 }')
/sbin/cryptsetup remove "$dst"
# Leave partition with a blank plain-text swap
mkswap "$backdev" > /dev/null
fi
done
fi
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@
$"Unmounting file systems (retry): " \
-f
-[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && umount /proc/bus/usb
+[ -f /proc/bus/usb/devices ] && $UMOUNT /proc/bus/usb
[ -f /etc/crypttab ] && \
LANG=C action $"Stopping disk encryption: " halt_crypto
190
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@
awk '$2 !~ /\/(|dev|proc|selinux)$/ && $1 !~ /^\/dev\/ram/ { print $2 }' \
/proc/mounts | sort -r | \
while read line; do
fstab-decode umount -f $line
+
fstab-decode $UMOUNT -f $line
done
if [ -x /sbin/halt.local ]; then
alsa-lib-1.0.14-1.rc4.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/alsa/alsa.conf
--+++
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
defaults.pcm.ipc_perm 0600
defaults.pcm.dmix.max_periods 0
defaults.pcm.dmix.rate 48000
-defaults.pcm.dmix.format S16_LE
+defaults.pcm.dmix.format "unchanged"
defaults.pcm.dmix.card defaults.pcm.card
defaults.pcm.dmix.device defaults.pcm.device
defaults.pcm.dsnoop.card defaults.pcm.card
@@ -94,6 +94,9 @@
defaults.pcm.iec958.device defaults.pcm.device
defaults.pcm.modem.card defaults.pcm.card
defaults.pcm.modem.device defaults.pcm.device
+# truncate files via file or tee PCM
+defaults.pcm.file_format "raw"
+defaults.pcm.file_truncate true
defaults.rawmidi.card 0
defaults.rawmidi.device 0
defaults.rawmidi.subdevice -1
@@ -124,6 +127,7 @@
pcm.surround71 cards.pcm.surround71
pcm.iec958 cards.pcm.iec958
pcm.spdif iec958
+pcm.hdmi cards.pcm.hdmi
pcm.dmix cards.pcm.dmix
pcm.dsnoop cards.pcm.dsnoop
pcm.modem cards.pcm.modem
@@ -262,12 +266,19 @@
}
@args.FORMAT {
type string
- default raw
+ default {
+
@func refer
+
name defaults.pcm.file_format
+ }
}
type file
slave.pcm $SLAVE
file $FILE
format $FORMAT
+ truncate {
+ @func refer
+ name defaults.pcm.file_truncate
+ }
}
pcm.file {
191
@@ -277,12 +288,19 @@
}
@args.FORMAT {
type string
- default raw
+ default {
+
@func refer
+
name defaults.pcm.file_format
+ }
}
type file
slave.pcm null
file $FILE
format $FORMAT
+ truncate {
+ @func refer
+ name defaults.pcm.file_truncate
+ }
}
pcm.null {
@@ -316,7 +334,7 @@
}
ctl.hw {
- @args[ CARD ]
+ @args [ CARD ]
@args.CARD {
type string
default {
caching-nameserver-9.3.4-6.P1.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/named.caching-nameserver.conf
--+++
@@ -18,8 +18,12 @@
dump-file "/var/named/data/cache_dump.db";
statistics-file "/var/named/data/named_stats.txt";
memstatistics-file "/var/named/data/named_mem_stats.txt";
- query-source
port 53;
- query-source-v6 port 53;
+
+ // Those options should be used carefully because they disable port
+ // randomization
+ // query-source
port 53;
+ // query-source-v6 port 53;
+
allow-query
{ localhost; };
};
logging {
kexec-tools-1.102pre-21.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/kdump
--+++
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
KDUMP_KERNELVER=""
KDUMP_INITRDEXT=""
KDUMP_COMMANDLINE=""
+KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE=""
KEXEC_ARGS=""
KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE="/etc/kdump.conf"
@@ -107,8 +108,15 @@
192
#check to see if config file or kdump post has been modified
#since last build of the image file
image_time=`stat -c "%Y" $kdump_initrd`
- KDUMP_POST=`grep ^kdump_post $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2`
- files="$KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE $kdump_kernel $KDUMP_POST"
+ EXTRA_FILES=`grep ^kdump_post $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2`
+ CHECK_FILE=`grep ^kdump_pre $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2`
+ EXTRA_FILES="$EXTRA_FILES $CHECK_FILE"
+ CHECK_FILE=`grep êxtra_modules $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2-`
+ CHECK_FILE=`grep êxtra_bins $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | cut -d\ -f2-`
+ FORCE_REBUILD=`grep êxtra_modules $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE`
+ files="$KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE $kdump_kernel $EXTRA_FILES"
modified_files=""
for file in $files; do
time_stamp=0
@@ -123,9 +131,17 @@
fi
done
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
if [ -n "$modified_files" -a "$modified_files" != " " ]; then
echo "Detected change(s) the following file(s):"
echo -n " "; echo "$modified_files" | sed 's/\s/\n /g'
if [ -n "$FORCE_REBUILD" -a "$modified_files"!=" " ]
then
modified_files="force_rebuild"
fi
if [ -n "$modified_files" -a "$modified_files"!=" " ]; then
if [ "$modified_files" != "force_rebuild" ]
then
echo "Detected change(s) the following file(s):"
echo -n " "; echo "$modified_files" | sed 's/\s/\n /g'
fi
echo "Rebuilding $kdump_initrd"
/sbin/mkdumprd -d -f $kdump_initrd $kdump_kver
if [ $? != 0 ]; then
@@ -174,6 +190,33 @@
return 1
fi
return 0
+}
+
+function avoid_cdrom_drive()
+{
+ local DRIVE=""
+ local MEDIA=""
+ local IDE_DRIVES=(ècho hd{a,b,c,d}`)
+ local COUNTER="0"
+
+ for DRIVE in ${IDE_DRIVES[@]}
+ do
+ if ! $(echo "$KDUMP_COMMANDLINE" |grep -q "$DRIVE=");then
+
if [ -f /proc/ide/$DRIVE/media ];then
+
MEDIA=$(cat /proc/ide/$DRIVE/media)
+
if [ x"$MEDIA" == x"cdrom" ]; then
+
KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="$KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE
$DRIVE=cdrom"
+
COUNTER=$(($COUNTER+1))
193
+
fi
+
fi
+ else
+
KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE="$KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE
$DRIVE=noprobe"
+ fi
+ done
+ # We don't find cdrom drive.
+ if [ $COUNTER -eq 0 ]; then
+ KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE=""
+ fi
}
# Load the kdump kerel specified in /etc/sysconfig/kdump
@@ -226,6 +269,8 @@
KDUMP_COMMANDLINE=ècho $KDUMP_COMMANDLINE | sed -e 's/crashkernel=[09]\+[MmKkGg]@[0-9]\+[MmGgKk]//'`
KDUMP_COMMANDLINE="${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE} ${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE_APPEND}"
+ avoid_cdrom_drive
+ KDUMP_COMMANDLINE="${KDUMP_COMMANDLINE} ${KDUMP_IDE_NOPROBE_COMMANDLINE}"
KEXEC_OUTPUT=`$KEXEC $KEXEC_ARGS $standard_kexec_args \
--command-line="$KDUMP_COMMANDLINE" \
@@ -364,13 +409,7 @@
function do_final_action()
{
- FINAL_ACTION=`grep default $KDUMP_CONFIG_FILE | grep -vm1 ^\# \
| cut -d\ -f2`
- if [[ $FINAL_ACTION != "halt" ]]; then
- FINAL_ACTION="reboot"
- fi
- $FINAL_ACTION
+ reboot
}
case "$1" in
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/network
--+++
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
stop)
# Don't shut the network down if root is on NFS or a network
# block device.
rootfs=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $3; }}'
/etc/mtab)
+
rootfs=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/" && $3 != "rootfs") {
print $3; }}' /proc/mounts)
rootopts=$(awk '{ if ($1 !~ /^[ \t]*#/ && $2 == "/") { print $4; }}'
/etc/mtab)
if [[ "$rootfs" =~ "^nfs" ]] || [[ "$rootopts" =~ "_netdev|_rnetdev" ]] ; then
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcidmapd
--+++
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
case "$1" in
start|condstart)
194
+ [ "${NETWORKING}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.idmapd ] && exit 5
@@ -32,6 +32,11 @@
[ "$1" = "condstart" -a -n "`pidofproc $prog`" ] && {
killproc $prog "-SIGHUP" > /dev/null
exit 0
+ }
+ [ "$1" = "start" ] && {
+ if status $prog > /dev/null ; then
+
exit 0
+ fi
}
rm -f $LOCKFILE
@@ -55,8 +60,6 @@
}
}
}
- # Make sure the mount worked.
# Start daemon.
daemon $prog ${RPCIDMAPDARGS}
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-sl
--+++
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
[ -x /usr/sbin/dip ] || {
echo $"/usr/sbin/dip does not exist or is not executable"
echo $"ifup-sl for $DEVICE exiting"
- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
$"/usr/sbin/dip does not exist or is not executable for $DEVICE"
exit 1
}
@@ -43,14 +43,14 @@
[ -f $DIPSCRIPT ] || {
echo $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/dip-$DEVICE does not exist"
echo $"ifup-sl for $DEVICE exiting"
- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
$"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/dip-$DEVICE does not exist for $DEVICE"
exit 1
}
while : ; do
echo > /var/run/sl-$DEVICE.dev
- (logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
+ (/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-sl \
$"dip started for $DEVICE on $MODEMPORT at $LINESPEED" &)&
doexec /usr/sbin/dip dip-$DEVICE $DIPSCRIPT
if [ "$PERSIST" != "yes" -o ! -f /var/run/sl-$DEVICE.dev ] ; then
ypserv-2.19-3.i386.rpm: /var/yp/Makefile
--+++
@@ -98,10 +98,18 @@
195
YPSERVERS = $(YPDIR)/ypservers # List of all NIS servers for a domain
target: Makefile
+ifeq ($(shell /bin/domainname), (none))
+ @echo "Domain name cannot be (none)"
+else
+ifeq ($(shell /bin/domainname), )
+ @echo "Domain name must be set"
+else
@test ! -d $(LOCALDOMAIN) && mkdir $(LOCALDOMAIN) ; \
cd $(LOCALDOMAIN) ; \
$(NOPUSH) || $(MAKE) -f ../Makefile ypservers; \
$(MAKE) -f ../Makefile all
+endif
+endif
# If you don't want some of these maps built, feel free to comment
# them out from this list.
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs
--+++
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@
case "$1" in
start)
+ # Let udev handle any backlog before trying to mount file systems
+ /sbin/udevsettle --timeout=30
[ -n "$NFSFSTAB" ] &&
{
[ ! -f /var/lock/subsys/portmap ] && service portmap start
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcsvcgssd
--+++
@@ -27,12 +27,9 @@
case "$1" in
start|condstart)
[ "${SECURE_NFS}" != "yes" ] && exit 6
[ ! -x /usr/sbin/rpc.svcgssd ] && exit 5
- # List of kernel modules to load
- [ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
# Make sure the daemon is not already running.
if status $prog > /dev/null ; then
@@ -41,6 +38,9 @@
rm -f $LOCKFILE
echo -n $"Starting RPC svcgssd: "
+ # List of kernel modules to load
+ [ -z "${SECURE_NFS_MODS}" ] && SECURE_NFS_MODS="des rpcsec_gss_krb5"
+
# Make sure the rpc_pipefs filesystem is available
[ "${RPCMTAB}" != "noload" ] && {
openldap-servers-2.3.27-8.el5_1.3.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/ldap
--+++
196
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
# Source an auxiliary options file if we have one, and pick up OPTIONS,
# SLAPD_OPTIONS, SLURPD_OPTIONS, SLAPD_LDAPS, SLAPD_LDAPI, and maybe
-# KRB5_KTNAME.
+# KRB5_KTNAME and SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME.
if [ -r /etc/sysconfig/ldap ] ; then
. /etc/sysconfig/ldap
fi
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
echo -n $"$file is not readable by \"$user\"" ; warning ; echo
fi
# Unaccessible TLS configuration files.
- tlsconfigs=`LANG=C egrep
'^(TLSCACertificateFile|TLSCertificateFile|TLSCertificateKeyFile)[[:space:]]'
/etc/openldap/slapd.conf | awk '{print $2}'`
+ tlsconfigs=`LANG=C egrep
'^(TLS_CACERT|TLSCACertificateFile|TLSCertificateFile|TLSCertificateKeyFile)[[:spac
e:]]' /etc/openldap/slapd.conf /etc/openldap/ldap.conf | awk '{print $2}'`
for file in $tlsconfigs ; do
if ! testasuser $user -r $file ; then
echo -n $"$file is not readable by \"$user\"" ; warning ; echo
@@ -167,6 +167,9 @@
if grep -q "^replogfile" /etc/openldap/slapd.conf; then
prog=`basename ${slurpd}`
echo -n $"Starting $prog: "
+ if [ -n "$SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME" ]; then
+
export KRB5CCNAME="$SLURPD_KRB5CCNAME";
+ fi
daemon ${slurpd} $OPTIONS $SLURPD_OPTIONS
RETVAL=$?
echo
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit
--+++
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
skip=""
# Parse the src field for UUID= and convert to real device names
if [ "${src%%=*}" == "UUID" ]; then
- src=`/sbin/blkid -t "$src" -o device|(read oneline;echo $oneline)`
+ src=$(/sbin/blkid -t "$src" -l -o device)
elif [ "${src/^\/dev\/disk\/by-uuid\/}" != "$src" ]; then
src=$(__readlink $src)
fi
@@ -458,6 +458,13 @@
fi
fi
+if [ -f /etc/crypttab ]; then
+ s=$"Starting disk encryption:"
+ echo "$s"
+ init_crypto 0 && success "$s" || failure "$s"
+ echo
+fi
+
if [ -f /fastboot ] || strstr "$cmdline" fastboot ; then
fastboot=yes
fi
@@ -533,7 +540,7 @@
mountopts=
197
# Scan partitions for local scratch storage
- rw_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$RW_LABEL" -o device | awk '{ print ; exit }')
+ rw_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$RW_LABEL" -l -o device)
# First try to mount scratch storage from /etc/fstab, then any
# partition with the proper label. If either succeeds, be sure
@@ -590,12 +597,12 @@
# First try to mount persistent data from /etc/fstab, then any
# partition with the proper label, then fallback to NFS
- state_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$STATE_LABEL" -o device | awk '{ print ; exit
}')
- if mount $mountopts "$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ state_mount_dev=$(blkid -t LABEL="$STATE_LABEL" -l -o device)
+ if mount $mountopts $STATE_OPTIONS "$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
/bin/true
elif [ x$state_mount_dev != x ] && mount $state_mount_dev $mountopts
"$STATE_MOUNT" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
/bin/true
- elif [ -n "$CLIENTSTATE" ]; then
+ elif [ ! -z "$CLIENTSTATE" ]; then
# No local storage was found. Make a final attempt to find
# state on an NFS server.
@@ -730,23 +737,29 @@
restorecon /etc/mtab /etc/ld.so.cache /etc/blkid/blkid.tab /etc/resolv.conf
>/dev/null 2>&1
fi
-# Clear mtab
-(> /etc/mtab) &> /dev/null
-# Remove stale backups
-rm -f /etc/mtab~ /etc/mtab~~
-# Enter mounted filesystems into /etc/mtab
-mount -f /
-mount -f /proc >/dev/null 2>&1
-mount -f /sys >/dev/null 2>&1
-mount -f /dev/pts >/dev/null 2>&1
-mount -f /proc/bus/usb >/dev/null 2>&1
+if [ "$READONLY" != "yes" ] ; then
+ # Clear mtab
+ (> /etc/mtab) &> /dev/null
+
+ # Remove stale backups
+ rm -f /etc/mtab~ /etc/mtab~~
+
+ # Enter mounted filesystems into /etc/mtab
+ mount -f /
+ mount -f /proc >/dev/null 2>&1
+ mount -f /sys >/dev/null 2>&1
+ mount -f /dev/pts >/dev/null 2>&1
+ mount -f /proc/bus/usb >/dev/null 2>&1
+fi
# Mount all other filesystems (except for NFS and /proc, which is already
# mounted). Contrary to standard usage,
# filesystems are NOT unmounted in single user mode.
198
-action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -t
nonfs,nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs -O no_netdev
+if [ "$READONLY" != "yes" ] ; then
+ action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -t
nonfs,nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs -O no_netdev
+else
+ action $"Mounting local filesystems: " mount -a -n -t nfs4,smbfs,ncpfs,cifs,gfs
-O no_netdev
+fi
if [ -x /sbin/quotaon ]; then
action $"Enabling local filesystem quotas: " /sbin/quotaon -aug
@@ -898,7 +911,7 @@
action $"Enabling /etc/fstab swaps: " swapon -a -e
if [ "$AUTOSWAP" = "yes" ]; then
curswap=$(awk '/^\/dev/ { print $1 }' /proc/swaps | while read x; do
get_numeric_dev dec $x ; echo -n " "; done)
- swappartitions=`blkid -t TYPE=swap -o device`
+ swappartitions=$(blkid -t TYPE=swap -o device)
if [ x"$swappartitions" != x ]; then
for partition in $swappartitions ; do
[ ! -e $partition ] && continue
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifdown-sl
--+++
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
kill -KILL $PID > /dev/null 2>&1
if [ -d /proc/$PID ]; then
- logger -p daemon.info -t ifdown-ppp "ifdown-ppp unable to kill pppd-$DEVICE" &
+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifdown-ppp "ifdown-ppp unable to kill pppd$DEVICE" &
else
/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifdown-post $1
fi
NetworkManager-0.6.4-8.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/NetworkManager
--+++
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
#
# chkconfig: - 98 02
# description: This is a daemon for automatically switching network \
-#
connections to the best available connection. \
+#
connections to the best available connection.
#
# processname: NetworkManager
# pidfile: /var/run/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.pid
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@
# Sanity checks.
[ -x $NETWORKMANAGER_BIN ] || exit 1
-#
-[
#
.
+
+#
+.
We need /sbin/ip
-x /sbin/ip ] || exit 1
Source function library.
/etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
Source network configuration
/etc/sysconfig/network
199
# so we can rearrange this easily
processname=NetworkManager
@@ -34,17 +34,23 @@
start()
{
- echo $"Setting network parameters... "
+ echo -n $"Setting network parameters... "
sysctl -e -p /etc/sysctl.conf >/dev/null 2>&1
- if [ ! -e /var/lock/subsys/dhcdbd ]; then
- service dhcdbd start
- fi
+ success
+ echo
echo -n $"Starting NetworkManager daemon: "
- daemon --check $servicename $processname --pid-file=$pidfile
+ daemon --check $servicename $processname --pid-file=$pidfile --ppp-dnsworkaround
RETVAL=$?
echo
+ if [ -n "${NETWORKWAIT}" ]; then
+ [ -z "${LINKDELAY}" ] && LINKDELAY=10
+ echo -n $"Waiting for network..."
+ nm-online -q --timeout=$LINKDELAY || nm-online -q -x --timeout=30
+ [ "$?" = "0" ] && success "network startup" || failure "network startup"
+ echo
+ [ -n "${NETWORKDELAY}" ] && /bin/sleep ${NETWORKDELAY}
+ fi
[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch /var/lock/subsys/$servicename
}
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/networkfunctions-ipv6
--+++
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
;;
'syslog')
# note: logger resides in /usr/bin, but not used by default
- if ! [ -x logger ]; then
+ if ! [ -x /usr/bin/logger ]; then
echo $"ERROR: [ipv6_log] Syslog is chosen, but binary 'logger' doesn't exist
or isn't executable" >/dev/stderr
return 3
fi
if [ -z "$txt_name" ]; then
logger -p $facility.$priority $message
+
/usr/bin/logger -p $facility.$priority $message
else
logger -p $facility.$priority -t "$txt_name" "$message"
+
/usr/bin/logger -p $facility.$priority -t "$txt_name" "$message"
fi
;;
*)
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs
--+++
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@
200
# Check for and source configuration file otherwise set defaults
[ -f /etc/sysconfig/nfs ] && . /etc/sysconfig/nfs
+# Remote quota server
+[ -z "$RQUOTAD" ] && RQUOTAD=`type -path rpc.rquotad`
+
RETVAL=0
@@ -26,11 +29,16 @@
start)
[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.nfsd ] || exit 5
[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.mountd ] || exit 5
[ -x /usr/sbin/exportfs ] || exit 5
+
+ # Make sure the rpc.mountd is not already running.
+ if status rpc.mountd > /dev/null ; then
+ exit 0
+ fi
# Don't fail if /etc/exports doesn't exist; create a bare-bones
# version and continue.
@@ -42,9 +50,6 @@
# Number of servers to be started by default
[ -z "$RPCNFSDCOUNT" ] && RPCNFSDCOUNT=8
- # Remote quota server
- [ -z "$RQUOTAD" ] && RQUOTAD=`type -path rpc.rquotad`
# Start daemons.
[ -x /usr/sbin/rpc.svcgssd ] && /sbin/service rpcsvcgssd start
@@ -67,6 +72,12 @@
RETVAL=$?
echo
fi
+
+ # Load preload module so arguments to rpc.nfsd will take effect
+ [ -n "$RPCNFSDARGS" -a "$NFSD_MODULE" != "noload" ] && {
+ [ -x /sbin/modprobe ] && /sbin/modprobe nfsd
+ }
+
echo -n $"Starting NFS daemon: "
daemon rpc.nfsd $RPCNFSDARGS $RPCNFSDCOUNT
RETVAL=$?
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions
--+++
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
get_config_by_subchannel ()
{
LANG=C grep -il "^[[:space:]]*SUBCHANNELS=${1}$[[:space:]#]\|$\|,$"
/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-* \
+
LANG=C egrep -i -l "^[[:space:]]*SUBCHANNELS=([0-9]\.[0-9]\.[a-f0-
201
9]+,){0,2}${1}(,[0-9]\.[0-9]\.[a-f0-9]+){0,2}([[:space:]]+#|[[:space:]]*$)"
/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-* \
| LC_ALL=C sed -e "$__sed_discard_ignored_files"
}
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
(echo "$s" > /etc/resolv.conf;) >/dev/null 2>&1;
r=$?
if [ $r -eq 0 ]; then
- logger -p local7.notice -t "NET" -i "$0 : updated /etc/resolv.conf";
+ /usr/bin/logger -p local7.notice -t "NET" -i "$0 : updated /etc/resolv.conf";
[ -e /var/lock/subsys/nscd ] && /usr/sbin/nscd -i hosts; # invalidate cache
fi;
return $r;
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/S01halt
--+++
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
NOLOCALE=1
+
+UMOUNT="umount"
action() {
echo -n "$1 "
@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@
Ignore failures.
@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@
| awk '$1 == "device:" { print $2 }')
fi
done
fi
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@
-f
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@
while read line; do
+
202
done
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/halt
--+++
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
NOLOCALE=1
+
+UMOUNT="umount"
action() {
echo -n "$1 "
@@ -131,7 +134,7 @@
Ignore failures.
@@ -143,8 +146,6 @@
| awk '$1 == "device:" { print $2 }')
fi
done
fi
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@
-f
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@
while read line; do
+
done
nfs-utils-1.0.9-33.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfslock
--+++
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
RETVAL=0
start() {
203
if [ "$USERLAND_LOCKD" ] ; then
[ -x /sbin/rpc.lockd ] || exit 5
@@ -46,9 +46,12 @@
STATDARG=""
fi
- if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock ]; then
- return $RETVAL
+ # Make sure the rpc.statd is not already running.
+ if status rpc.statd > /dev/null ; then
+ exit 0
fi
+ rm -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock
+
# Start daemons.
if [ "$USERLAND_LOCKD" ]; then
echo -n $"Starting NFS locking: "
@@ -64,10 +67,14 @@
/sbin/sysctl -w fs.nfs.nlm_udpport=$LOCKD_UDPPORT >/dev/null 2>&1
fi
echo -n $"Starting NFS statd: "
+ # Set statd's local hostname if defined
+ [ -n "${STATD_HOSTNAME}" ] && STATDARG="$STATDARG -n ${STATD_HOSTNAME}"
+
# See if a statd's ports has been defined
[ -n "$STATD_PORT" ] && STATDARG="$STATDARG -p $STATD_PORT"
[ -n "$STATD_OUTGOING_PORT" ] \
&& STATDARG="$STATDARG -o $STATD_OUTGOING_PORT"
+
# See if we have an HA-callout program specified
[ -n "$STATD_HA_CALLOUT" ] \
&& STATDARG="$STATDARG -H $STATD_HA_CALLOUT"
@@ -91,6 +98,7 @@
RETVAL=$?
echo
rm -f /var/lock/subsys/nfslock
+ rm -f /var/run/sm-notify.pid
return $RETVAL
}
dbus-1.0.0-7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/dbus-1/system.conf
--+++
@@ -15,10 +15,16 @@
<type>system</type>
+

<user>81</user>
<user>dbus</user>

<fork/>
+
+
+
+
+
+
204

<standard_system_servicedirs/>

<servicehelper>/lib/dbus-1/dbus-daemon-launch-helper</servicehelper>

<pidfile>/var/run/messagebus.pid</pidfile>
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-eth
--+++
@@ -105,9 +105,10 @@
# slave device?
if [ "${SLAVE}" = yes -a "${ISALIAS}" = no -a "${MASTER}" != "" ]; then
/sbin/ip link set dev ${DEVICE} down
echo "+${DEVICE}" > /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves 2>/dev/null
+
grep -wq "${DEVICE}" /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves || {
+ /sbin/ip link set dev ${DEVICE} down
+ echo "+${DEVICE}" > /sys/class/net/${MASTER}/bonding/slaves 2>/dev/null
+
}
if [ -n "$ETHTOOL_OPTS" ] ; then
/sbin/ethtool -s ${REALDEVICE} $ETHTOOL_OPTS
fi
@@ -125,7 +126,7 @@
for arg in $BONDING_OPTS ; do
key=${arg%%=*};
value=${arg##*=};
if [ "${key}" = "arp_ip_target" ]; then
+
if [ "${key}" = "arp_ip_target" -a "${value:0:1}" != "+" ]; then
OLDIFS=$IFS;
IFS=',';
for arp_ip in $value; do
initscripts-8.45.19.EL-1.i386.rpm: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-ppp
--+++
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
[ -x /sbin/pppd -o -x /usr/sbin/pppd ] || {
echo $"pppd does not exist or is not executable"
echo $"ifup-ppp for ${DEVICE} exiting"
- logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+ /usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
$"pppd does not exist or is not executable for ${DEVICE}"
exit 1
}
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
adsl-start /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/$CONFIG
exit $?
else
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
$"adsl-start does not exist or is not executable for ${DEVICE}"
exit 1
fi
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@
[ -f ${CHATSCRIPT} ] || {
echo $"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/chat-${DEVNAME} does not exist"
echo $"ifup-ppp for ${DEVNAME} exiting"
logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+
/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
$"/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/chat-${DEVNAME} does not exist for
${DEVICE}"
exit 1
}
205
fi
logger -s -p daemon.notice -t ifup-ppp \
/usr/bin/logger -s -p daemon.notice -t ifup-ppp \
$"Setting up a new ${PEERCONF} config file"
if [ -f /etc/ppp/peers/${DEVICE} ]; then
cp -f /etc/ppp/peers/${DEVICE} ${PEERCONF}
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
exec=exec
fi
+
-(logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
+(/usr/bin/logger -p daemon.info -t ifup-ppp \
$"pppd started for ${DEVNAME} on ${MODEMPORT} at ${LINESPEED}" &)&
$exec pppd $opts ${MODEMPORT} ${LINESPEED} \
tog-pegasus-2.7.0-2.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/rc.d/init.d/tog-pegasus
--+++
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
CIMSERVER_BIN=/usr/sbin/cimserver
prog=cimserver
LOCKFILE=/var/lock/subsys/tog-pegasus
+LOCKFILE2=/var/run/tog-pegasus/cimserver_start.lock
+PIDFILE=/var/run/tog-pegasus/cimserver.pid
. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
[ -e /etc/sysconfig/tog-pegasus ] && . /etc/sysconfig/tog-pegasus;
@@ -75,6 +77,7 @@
success;
else
failure;
+
RETVAL=7
fi
echo
;;
@@ -86,8 +89,16 @@
echo -n $"CIM server ($pid) is running";
RETVAL=0
else
echo -n $"CIM server is not running";
RETVAL=3
+
if [ -e $PIDFILE ]; then
+
echo -n $"CIM server is not running and pid file exists";
+
RETVAL=1
+
elif [ -e $LOCKFILE ] || [ -e $LOCKFILE2 ]; then
+
echo -n $"CIM server is not running and lock file exists";
+
RETVAL=2
+
else
+
echo -n $"CIM server is not running";
+
RETVAL=3
+
fi
fi
echo
;;
udev-095-14.16.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/udev/rules.d/50-udev.rules
--+++
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
KERNEL=="mice",
NAME="input/%k"
KERNEL=="mouse*", NAME="input/%k"
206
-KERNEL=="event*", SYSFS{idVendor}=="03f0", SYSFS{device/interface}=="Virtual
Mouse", SYSFS{device/bInterfaceProtocol}=="02", NAME="input/%k",
SYMLINK+="input/hp_ilo_mouse"
+KERNEL=="event*", SYSFS{idVendor}=="03f0", SYSFS{device/interface}=="Virtual
Mouse", SYSFS{device/bInterfaceProtocol}=="02", SYMLINK+="input/hp_ilo_mouse"
KERNEL=="event*", NAME="input/%k"
KERNEL=="js*",
NAME="input/%k", SYMLINK+="%k"
@@ -220,13 +220,6 @@
KERNEL=="pcd[0-9]*", SYMLINK+="cdrom cdrom-%k"
KERNEL=="fd[0-9]*", SYMLINK+="floppy floppy-%k"
-# Section for zaptel device
-KERNEL=="zapctl",
NAME="zap/ctl"
-KERNEL=="zaptimer",
NAME="zap/timer"
-KERNEL=="zapchannel",
NAME="zap/channel"
-KERNEL=="zappseudo",
NAME="zap/pseudo"
-KERNEL=="zap[0-9]*",
NAME="zap/%n"
KERNEL=="pktcdvd", NAME="%k/control"
KERNEL=="hd[a-z]", BUS=="ide", SYSFS{removable}=="1", \
@@ -291,12 +284,14 @@
KERNEL=="sd*[!0-9]|sr*", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/scsi_id
-g -x -a -s %p -d $tempnode"
KERNEL=="dasd*[!0-9]", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/dasd_id --export $tempnode"
KERNEL=="nst[0-9]*|st*|sd*[!0-9]|sr*|dasd*[!0-9]|cciss?c", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="?*",
SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_SERIAL}"
+KERNEL=="nst[0-9]*|st*|sd*[!0-9]|sr*|dasd*[!0-9]|cciss?c", ENV{ID_UID}=="?*",
SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_UID}"
# for partitions import parent information
KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]", IMPORT{parent}=="ID_*"
KERNEL=="cciss?c[0-9]d[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}!="?*", IMPORT{program}="scsi_id -g
-x -s %p -d $tempnode", ENV{ID_BUS}="cciss"
KERNEL=="cciss?c[0-9]d[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}!="?*", IMPORT{program}="scsi_id -g
-x -a -s %p -d $tempnode", ENV{ID_BUS}="cciss"
KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]|cciss*p[0-9]", ENV{ID_SERIAL}=="?*",
SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_SERIAL}-part%n"
+KERNEL=="sd*[0-9]|dasd*[0-9]|cciss*p[0-9]", ENV{ID_UID}=="?*",
SYMLINK+="disk/by-id/$env{ID_BUS}-$env{ID_UID}-part%n"
# by-path (shortest physical path)
KERNEL=="*[!0-9]|sr*", ENV{ID_TYPE}=="?*", IMPORT{program}="/lib/udev/path_id
%p", SYMLINK+="disk/by-path/$env{ID_PATH}"
dbus-1.0.0-7.el5.i386.rpm: /etc/dbus-1/session.conf
--+++
@@ -14,12 +14,16 @@
+
<policy context="default">

<allow send_destination="*"/>
<allow send_destination="*" eavesdrop="true"/>

<allow eavesdrop="true"/>

<allow own="*"/>
</policy>
207
+
+
+
+

<includedir>session.d</includedir>

@@ -27,4 +31,27 @@
<include if_selinux_enabled="yes"
selinux_root_relative="yes">contexts/dbus_contexts</include>
+ 
+
+ 
+ <limit name="max_incoming_bytes">1000000000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_outgoing_bytes">1000000000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_message_size">1000000000</limit>
+ <limit name="service_start_timeout">120000</limit>
+ <limit name="auth_timeout">240000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_completed_connections">100000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_incomplete_connections">10000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_connections_per_user">100000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_pending_service_starts">10000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_names_per_connection">50000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_match_rules_per_connection">50000</limit>
+ <limit name="max_replies_per_connection">50000</limit>
+ <limit name="reply_timeout">300000</limit>
+
</busconfig>
208
A. Änderungsverzeichnis
A. Änderungsverzeichnis
Version 3-4 .4 00
Rebuild with publican 4.0.0
2013-10-31
Rüdiger Landmann
Version 3-4
Rebuild for Publican 3.0
2012-07-18
Anthony T owns
Version 2.1-0
Wed Jan 21 2009
Ryan Lerch
Removed iSCSI target capability note from T echnology Previews section. T his feature is fully supported.
For more details on this newly supported feature, refer to the Feature Updates Section of this document.
209

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.3 Release Notes

Transcription

Similar documents

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5.4 Release Notes

Ich blogge, also bin ich - e-reader.wko.at

downloaden - beruflichesgymnasium.de

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Versionshinweise

Stadionsanierung in Kalifornien

Versionshinweise - Fedora Documentation